JEE Class Companion

Physics
For JEE Main and Advanced

Module-2

Chapter_1 Constrained Motion

Chapter_2 NLM & Friction

Chapter_3 Circular & WPE

Contents_____________________
CHAPTER_1 : CONSTRAINED MOTION Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing Machine

String constraint 1.1 Pseudo Force 2.17

Wedge Constraint 1.6 Weighing Maching 2.20

Motion in a lift 2.20

CHAPTER_2 : NEWTON’S LAW OF MOTION
Section A,B,C,D - String Constrained, Wedge FRICTION
Constrained, Newton's Law theory Question,
Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction
Equillibrium Questions (Normal and Tension), Problems
with Acceleration (F=ma), Wedge problems Friction 2.21

Force 2.1 static frictional force 2.21

Electromagnetic Force 2.1 Limiting Frictional Force 2.21

Gravitational force 2.2 Kinetic Frictional Force 2.21

Nuclear force 2.2 Minimum force required to move the particle 2.24

Contact force 2.2 Friction as the component of contact force 2.24

Newton’s first law of motion 2.4 Motion on a rough inclined plane 2.25

Newton’s second law of motion 2.5 Angle of Repose 2.26

Applications 2.6 Section I, J, K - Direction of friction, Pulley Block

system on horizontal plane, Pulley Block system on
Motion of a Block on a Horizontal
inclined plane, Two Block system, Two Block on
Smooth Surface 2.6
Inclined plane
Section C – Equillibrium Questions (Normal and
Two blocks on an inclined plane 2.27
Tension), Problems with Acceleration (F=ma)
Range of force F for which acceleration of body is
Motion of bodies in contact 2.7
zero 2.27
Motion of connected Bodies 2.8
Pulley block System involving friction 2.30
Motion of a body on a smooth inclined
Two Block System 2.31
plane 2.9
Friction involving pseudo concept 2.34
Section E - Pulley Block System
EXERCISE 2.37
Pulley block system 2.10
ANSWER KEY 2.75
Newtons’ 3rd Law of Motion 2.12

Climbing on the Rope 2.13

Section F - Spring force and spring cutting problems

Spring Force 2.14

Spring force system 2.15

CHAPTER_3 : CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE WORK, POWER & ENERGY
CIRCULAR MOTION Section A - Work done by constant force, Work done
Section A - Kinematics of circular MotionCentripetal by variable force, Area under Graph
and tangential Acceleration, Relative Circular Motion Work 3.19
Circular Motion 3.1 Work done by constant force 3.19
Kinematics of Circular Motion 3.1 Units of work 3.20
Variables of Motion 3.1 Work done by multiple forces 3.20
Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion (Centripetal Work Done by a variable force 3.21
force, Centrifugal force), Circular Motion in horizontal Area Under force displacement curve 3.22
plane Internal Work 3.23
Dynamics of circular motion 3.7 Section B - Work done by conservative, Non conser-
Centripetal Force 3.8 vative force
Centrifugal Force 3.8 Conservative force 3.23
simple pendulum 3.9 Non-conservative forces 3.25
Circular Motion in Horizontal Plane 3.9 Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy, Potential energy)
Section D - Circular Turning on Roads, Well of death Energy 3.26
and cycle on curved path Kinetic Energy 3.26
Motion of a motorcyclist on a curved path 3.10 Potential Energy 3.26
Circular Turning on roads 3.12 Conservative force and potential energy 3.28
By Friction Only 3.12 Section D - Work Energy theorem, Conservation of
By Banking of Roads Only 3.13 Mechenical energy
By Friction and Banking of Road Both 3.13 Work Energy Theorem 3.29
Death well 3.14 Section E - Vertical circular Motion
Motion of a cyclist on a circular path 3.14 Vertical Circular Motion 3.34
Effect of Earths Rotation on Apparent weight 3.15 Section F - Power
Power 3.39
Unit of Power 3.39
EXERCISE 3.41
ANSWER KEY 3.81

Syllabus

Constrained N.L.M.

Newton's law of motion; inertial frame of reference; Uniformly accelerated frames of

reference, Static and dynamic friction.

Circular Motion & Work, Power, Energy

Circular Motion (uniform and non-uniform), Work, Power, Kinetic Energy, Potential
Energy, Conservation of Mechanical Energy.
 Constrained Motion
CHAPTER
1
v
B
1. CONSTRAINED MOTION :

Ex.1
1.1 String constraint : A vA =?
When the two object are connected through a string
and if the string have the following properties : Sol. In the above situation block B is moving with velocity
• The length of the string remains constant i.e., it is v. Then speed of each point of the string is v along
inextensible string the string.
• Always remains taut i.e., does not slacks.  speed of the block A is also v
v
Then the parameters of the motion of the objects
B
along the length of the string have a definite relation
v
between them.
A vA=v
Ist format : - (when string is fixed)

A s B v A
VA = 8 m/s

The block B moves with velocity v. i.e. each particle Ex.2 37°
of block B moves with velocity v. vB=? B
If string remain attached to block B it is necessary
that velocity of each particle of string is same = v
(vs = v)
A
Now we can say that Block A also moves with velocity 8 m/s
8 m/s
v.
v v 8 m/s
A B
Sol. 37°
vB B
vA = vB = v

: If pulley is fixed then the velocity of all the particles  Block A is moving with velocity 8 ms–1.

of string is same along the string.  velocity of every point on the string must be 8m/s
along the string.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
1.2 | Theory and Exercise Book

The real velocity of B is vB. Then the string will not

break only when the compoent of vB along string is 50/3 m/s
8 m/s.
53°
8
 vB cos 37° = 8  vB = = 10 m/sec
cos 37
Ex.4

Ex.3 Find out the velocity of block B in a pulley block A

system as shown in figure.

What is the velocity of block A in the figure as

shown above.

Sol. The component of velocity of ring along string

= velocity of A

53° 37° 50
10 m/s = cos 53 = vA  vA = 10 m/s
A B 3

Sol. In a given pulley block system the velocity of all the

: In the first format only two points of string are
particle of string is let us assume v then.
attached or touched to moving bodies.
IInd format (when pulley is also moving)

v v
vP
53° 37°
10m/s A B
53°
10cos53° vA vB
A B
10 m/s is the real velocity of block A then its
component along string is v.
 10 cos 53° = v ...(1) To understand this format we consider the following
example in which pulley is moving with velocity vp
If vB is the real velocity of block B then it component
and both block have velocity vA & vB respectively
along string is v then
as shwon in figure.
vBcos37° = v ...(2)
If we observe the motion of A and B with respect
to pulley. Then the pulley is at rest. Then from first
v
format.
37°
vAP = – vBP
vB B
(–ve sign indicate the direction of each block is
opposite with respect to Pulley)
from (1) & (2) vB cos37° = 10 cos53° vA – vp = – vB + vP
10  3 / 5 30 15 v A  vB
 vB = =  m / sec
4/5 4 2  vP =
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 Constrained Motion | 1.3

Sol. From 2nd format of constrained motion

:- To solve the problem put the values of vA, vB, &
v A  vB
vP with sign. vE =
2

2–5
vE = = –3/2
2
10 m/s
vP
(If upward direction is taken to be +ve)
vE = –3/2 m/s
Ex.5 vE  vF –3 / 2  vF
Now = 7 m/s  7=
A v=?
A
2 2
31
 14 + 3/2 = vF  vF =
B 2

vC  vD 8  vD 31
v A  vB Now = vF  =  vD
Sol. vP = 2 2 2
2
= 31 – 8
Putting vp = 10 ms–1, vB = 0,
vD = 23 m/s (upward direction)
we get
vA = 20 ms–1 (upward direction)

B C

vP= 10m/s D

E
Ex.6 Ex.8 G
m
A H F
5m/s
A B v=?
B
10 m/sec

Sol. If we take upward direction as +ve then

Find the velocity of point G.
–5  v B
10 =
2
Sol. In string ABCD from first format of constrain
vB = 25 m/sec (in upward direction) VD = 10 m/s
vH  vE
Now vD =
7 m/s 2
vH = 10 m/s  if upward direction is taken to be
positive
E F 10  v E
+ 10 =  vE = 30 m/s 
8m/s

2
v  vG –10  v G
Ex.7 Now F = vE  30 =
2 2
2m/s A B C D
60 + 10 = vG
5m/s

vG = 70 m/s
Find out the velocity of Block D
: In IInd format three or four Points of the string is

attached to the moving bodies.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
1.4 | Theory and Exercise Book

III format : Let us assume C is moving upward with velocity vc

so vc negative because it decreasing the length
SOLVING STRATEGY :
 5 + 5 + 2 + 2 – vc = 0
1. First choose the longest string in the given problem
vC = 14 m/sec (upward)
which contains the point of which velocity/
acceleration to be find out.
Ex.10
4m/s
2. Now mark a point on the string wherever it comes F
in contact or leaves the contact of real bodies.

3. If due to motion of a point, length of the part of a

c  2m / sec
string with point is related, increases then its speed
will be taken +ve otherwise –ve. E
8m / s  A B  2m / s
1 m / s D

A
I Find out the velocity of block E as shown in
D E H
figure.
J Sol.
C vC=?
Step-1 We first choose the longest string in which point j
Ex.9 B C F G (block E) lie. (abcdefghij)
5m/s
A 2m/s 4m/s
B
c d F
b e
x
Sol.
a h y
Step 1. We choose a longest string ABCDEFGHIJ in which i
c  2m / s
we have to find out velocity of point J (vc) k
j
Step 2. Mark all the point A, B ................ f g E
8m / s  A B  2m / s
Step 3. Write equation 1m / s  D z
vA + vB + vC + vD + vE + vF + vG + vH + vI + vJ = 0
Step 2 : Now write equation according to the velocity of
vA = vD = vE = vH = vI = 0 each point (either increase or decrease the length)
(No movement of that point because attached to va + vb + vc + vd + ve + vf + vg + vh + vi + vj= 0 ...(1)
fixed objects) Now find value of va, vb ..... in a following way
 vB + vc + vF + vG + vJ = 0 ...(1) v A  vB
vk = (from second format)
vB = vC = 5 m/s (increases the length) 2
8–2
vF = vG = 2m/s = = 3 m/sec. (upward)
2
(It also increases the length)
vK  v C
va = (from 2nd format)
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 Constrained Motion | 1.5

32 Sol.
= = 5/2 m/sec. (upward)
2 Step 1. Mark the points on the string which is attached to
vx = 4m/s (from first format of constrain) the real object (e.f,g,h)
vy  v z
from 2nd format of constrain vx =
2
 vz = 0 (fixed) e f
g
 vy = 2 vx = 8 m/s (upward)
h
 Now va = – 5/2 m/s (decreases the length) b
A a
vb = vc = vd = ve = 0 (attached to fixed object) B

vf = vg = 1m/s (increases the length)
vh = vi = vy = 8 m/s (increase the length)
Let us assume block E move upward then vj = – vE
(decrease the length)
b cos 
Puting the above values in eq. (1) b f

 –5/2 + 1 + 1 + 8 + 8 – vE = 0 b  g

bc
vE = 31/2 m/s (upward)

os

 h
b
: In the following figure pulley is moving with velocity a

v at an angle  with the horizontal.

Step 2. Acceleration of each point which are responsible to
effect the length of string
v sin 
v ae = 0 (because it is attached to fixed object)
v
A B af = –b (attach to pulley which is moving with
A B
  wedge's acceleration & –ve because it decreases
C C v cos  the length)
ag = b cos  (only this component is responsible to
D D effect the length of string)
ah = (a – b cos ) (resultant velocity at point h along
Only v cos  is responsible to increase or decrease the string)
the length AB and v sin  is responsible to either So now from 3rd format
decrease or increase the length CD. ae + af + ag + ah = 0
* Further solving strategy is same as 3rd format  0 + (–b) + b cos  + (a – b cos ) = 0
a–b=0
Ex.11 Find out the relation between acceleration a and
 a=b
b as shown in following figure.

b
A a
B


Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
1.6 | Theory and Exercise Book

2. WEDGE CONSTRAINT : Ex.12 Find the relation between velocity of rod and
Conditions : that of the wedge at any instant in the figure
(i) Contact must not be lost between two bodies. shown.
(ii) Bodies are rigid.
The relative velocity / acceleration perpendicular
to the contact surface of the two rigid object is
always zero. Wedge constraint is applicable for each
contact. v
 u

v3 Sol. Using wedge constraint.

v1
Component of velocity of rod along perpendicular
v3 v1 sin 
v2 to inclined surface is equal to velocity of wedge

Contact along that direction.
Plane u cos  = v sin 
v 3  v 1 sin 

u
 tan
In other words, v

Components of velocity and acceleration u = v tan 

perpendicular to the contact surface of the two
objects is always equal if there is no deformation
and they remain in contact.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.1

NLM & FRICTION

CHAPTER
2
• For full information of force we require
NEWTON’S LAW OF MOTION
 Magnitude of force
 direction of force
Section A,B,C,D - String Constrained, Wedge
 point of application of the force
Constrained, Newton's Law theory
Question, Equillibrium Questions (Normal
and Tension), Problems with Acceleration
(F=ma), Wedge problems

1. FORCE
A pull or push which changes or tends to change
the state of rest or of uniform motion or direction of
motion of any object is called force. Force is the
interaction between the object and the source
(providing the pull or push). It is a vector quantity.
Effect of resultant force :
1.1 Electromagnetic Force
• may change only speed
Force exerted by one particle on the other because
• may change only direction of motion.
of the electric charge on the particles is called
• may change both the speed and direction of motion. electromagnetic force.
• may change size and shape of a body Following are the main characteristics of
kg.m electromagnetic force
unit of force : newton and (MKS System)
s2 • These can be attractive or repulsive
• These are long range forces
g.cm
dyne and (CGS System) • These depend on the nature of medium between
s2
the charged particles.
1 newton = 105 dyne
• All macroscopic force (except gravitational) which
Kilogram force (kgf)
we experience as push or pull or by contact are
The force with which earth attracts a 1 kg body
electromagnetic, i.e., tension in a rope, the force of
towards its centre is called kilogram force, thus
friction, normal reaction, muscular force, and force
Force in newton experienced by a deformed spring are
kgf =
g electromagnetic forces. These are manifestations of
the electromagnetic attractions are repulsions
Dimensional Formula of force : [MLT–2]
between atoms/molecules.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.2 Theory and Exercise Book

1.2 Gravitational force : • Now a boy pushes a block kept on a frictionless

It acts between any two masses kept anywhere in surface.
the universe. It follows inverse square rule (F 
Block
1
) and is attractive in nature.
dis tan ce 2
Here, force exerted by boy on block is
GM1 M 2 electromagnetic interaction which arises due to
F=
R2 similar charges appearing on finger and contact
surface of block, it is normal force.
The force mg, which Earth applies on the bodies, is
gravitational force. (by boy) N
Block

1.3 Nuclear force :

• A block is kept on inclined surface. Component of its
It is the strongest force. It keeps nucleons (neutrons
weight presses the surface perpendicularly due to which
and protons) together inside the nucleus inspite of
contact force acts between surface and block.
large electric repulsion between protons.
Radioactivity, fission, and fusion, etc. result because
of unbalancing of nuclear forces. It acts within the
nucleus that too upto a very small distance. 

Normal force exerted by block on the surface of

1.4 Contact force : inclined plane is shown in figure.
Forces which are transmitted between bodies by short
range atomic molecular interactions are called contact
N
forces. When two objects come in contact they exert
contact forces on each other. 

1.4.1 Normal force (N) : Force acts perpendicular to the surface

It is the component of contact force perpendicular
:
to the surface.
It measures how strongly the surfaces in contact are • Normal force acts in such a fashion that it tries to
pressed against each other. It is the electromagnetic compress the body
force. A table is placed on • Normal is a dependent force, it comes in role when
Earth as shown in figure. one surface presses the other.

2
Two blocks are kept in contact on a smooth surface as
1 shown in figure. Draw normal force exerted by A on B.
3 4
• Here table presses the earth so normal force exerted
A B
by four legs of table on earth are as shown in figure.

N1 N2 Sol. In above problem, block A does not push block B,

ground so there is no molecular interaction between A and
N3 N4
B. Hence normal force exerted by A on B is zero.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.3

Draw normal forces on the massive rod at point 1

and 2 as shown in figure. R=5m
B 3m
2
A 1m

1
N2
Find out the normal reaction at point A and B if the
Sol. Normal force acts mass of sphere is 10 kg.
perpendicular to extended N1
N2 N1
surface at point of contact.
O

5m3m 37° B
A 53°
Sol. 1m 4m Now F.B.D.
Two blocks are kept in contact as shown in figure.
Find (a) forces exerted by surfaces (floor and wall)
on blocks (b) contact force between two blcoks.
50N y
N2 N1
30°

100N
10kg 20kg 37° 53°
x' O x
10 g
Sol. F.B.D. of 10 kg block y'
N1 = 10 g = 100 N ...(1) Now resolve the forces along x & y direction
N2 = 100 N ...(2)
3N2
N1 N2sin37° 
5
y
100 N N1sin53° = 4N1/5
N2
N2 N1

10 g
37° 53°
3N1
F.B.D. of 20 kg block 4N2 O N1cos53° 
N2cos37°= 5
N2 = 50 sin 30° + N3 5
100
 N3 = 100 – 25 = 75 N ...(3)
 The body is in equilibrium so equate the force in x
N4 50 N & y direction
30°
3N1 4N 2
In x-direction = ...(1)
N2 N3 5 5

20 g 3N 2 4N1
In y-direction + = 100 ...(2)
5 5
and N4 = 50 cos30° + 20 g
after solving above equation
N4 = 243.30 N
N1 = 80 N, N2 = 60 N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.4 Theory and Exercise Book

1.4.2 Tension : Sol. F.B.D. of block 10 kg F.B.D. of point ‘A’

Tension in a string is an electromagnetic force. It y
T0 T2
arises when a string is pulled. If a massless string is 30°
not pulled, tension in it is zero. A string suspended T0=10 g T1 x
by rigid support is pulled by a force ‘F’ as shown in T0=100N A
figure, for calculating the tension at point ‘A’ we
10g T0
draw F.B.D. of marked portion of the string; Here
string is massless.  Fy = 0

F.B.D of marked portion T2 cos30° = T0 = 100 N

T
A A 200
T2 = N
3
T=F
 Fx = 0
F F
200 1 100
String is considered to be made of a number of small T1 = T2 sin 30° = . = N y
3 2 3
segments which attracts each other due to T4
60°
electromagnetic nature. The attraction force between F.B.D of point of ‘B’
T3 x
two segments is equal and opposite due to newton’s  Fy = 0 B
3 0°
third law.
 T4 cos60° = T2 cos 30° T2
and  Fx = 0
Conclusion :  T3 + T2 sin 30° = T4 sin 60°
T = mg 200
 T3 = N , T = 200 N
(i) Tension always acts along the string 3 4

and in such a direction that it tries

T
1.4.3 Frictional force :
to reduce the length of string It is the component of contact force tangential to
(ii) If the string is massless then the m the surface. It opposes the relative motion (or
tension will be same along the string attempted relative motion) of the two surfaces in
but if the string have some mass mg contact. (which is explained later)
then the tension will continuously
change along the string. 2. NEW TO N’S FIR S T LAW OF
MOTION :
According to this law “A system will remain in its
state of rest or of uniform motion unless a net
The system shown in figure is in equilibrium. Find
external force act on it.
the magnitude of tension in each string ; T1, T2, T3
and T4. (g = 10 m/s–2) 1st law can also be stated as “If the net external
force acting on a body is zero, only then the body
remains at rest.”
The word external means external to the system
60°
T4
30°
(object under observation), interactions within the
T3 B
T system has not to be considered.
T1 A 2
10 kg

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.5

The word net means the resultant of all the forces Force can’t change the momentum along a direction
acting on the system. normal to it, i.e., the component of velocity normal
Newton’s first law is nothing but Galileo’s law of inertia. to the force doesn’t change.

Inertia means inability of a body to change its state Newton’s 2nd law is strictly applicable to a single

of motion or rest by itself. point particle. In case of rigid bodies or system of


particles or system of rigid bodies, F refers to total
The property of a body that determines its resistance

to a change in its motion is its mass (inertia). Greater external force acting on system and a refers to
the mass, greater the inertia. acceleration of centre of mass of the system. The
internal forces, if any, in the system are not to be
An external force is needed to set the system into motion, 
included in F .
but no external force is needed to keep a body moving
with constant velocity in its uniform motion. Acceleration of a particle at any instant and at a
Newton’s laws of motion are valid only in a set of particular location is determined by the force (net)
frame of references, these frames of reference are acting on the particle at the same instant and at same
known as inertial frames of reference. location and is not in any way depending on the
history of the motion of the particle.
Generally, we take earth as an inertial frame of
reference, but strictly speaking it is not an inertial frame.
PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY :
All frames moving uniformly with respect to an
Newton’s laws refer to a particle and relate the forces
inertial frame are themselves inertial.
acting on the particle to its mass and to its
We take all frames at rest or moving uniformly with acceleration. But before writing any equation from
respect to earth, as inertial frames. Newton’s law, you should be careful about which
particle you are considering. The laws are applicable
to an extended body too which is nothing but
collection of a large number of particles.
3. NEW TO N’S S ECOND LAW O F
Follow the steps given below in writing the equations:
MOTION :
Step 1 : Select the body
Newton’s second law states, “The rate of change of
a momentum of a body is directly proportional to The first step is to decide the body on which the
the applied force and takes place in the direction in laws of motion are to be applied. The body may be
which the force acts” a single particle, an extended body like a block, a
combination of two blocks-one kept over another
 dp  
dp or connected by a string. The only condition is that
i.e., F  or F  k
dt dt all the parts of the body or system must have
where k is a constant of proportionality. the same acceleration.

 
  (dmv)
p  mv, So F  k Step 2 : Identify the forces
dt
Once the system is decided, list down all the force
For a body having constant mass,
acting on the system due to all the objects in the
  environment such as inclined planes, strings, springs
dv 
 F  km  kma etc. However, any force applied by the system
dt
shouldn’t be included in the list. You should also be
From experiments, the value of k is found to be 1.
clear about the nature and direction of these forces.
 
So, Fnet  ma

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.6 Theory and Exercise Book

Step 3 : Make a Free-body diagram (FBD)

Make a separate diagram representing the body by Case (ii) : When subjected to a pull acting at an
a point and draw vectors representing the forces angle() to the horizontal :
acting on the body with this point as the common Now F has to be resolved into two components, F
origin. cos along the horizontal and F sin  along the vertical
This is called a free-body diagram of the body. direction.
Fsin
A R
F
Tb Ts 
m Fcos
R
B
5 mg
C R
m/sec2

For no motion along the vertical direction.

Wp Wm
100kg platform man we have R + F sin  = mg
F.B.D of Diagram
or R = mg – F sin 
50 kg

Look at the adjoining free-body diagrams for the : Hence R  mg. R < mg
platform and the man. Note that the force applied by
the man on the rope hasn’t been included in the FBD. For horizontal motion
Once you get enough practice, you’d be able to F cos 
identify and draw forces in the main diagram itself F cos  = ma, a =
m
instead of making a separate one

Step 4 : Select axes and Write equations Case (iii) : When the block is subjected to a push
acting at an angle  to the horizontal : (down
When the body is in equillibrium then choose the
axis in such a fashion that maximum number of force ward)
lie along the axis. R
If the body is moving with some acceleration then 
first find out the direction of real acceleration and F

choose the axis one is along the real acceleration F cos 


direction and other perpendicular to it.
Write the equations according to the newton’s
mg F
second law (Fnet = ma) in the corresponding axis.
F sin 
4. APPLICATIONS : The force equation in this case
4.1 Motion of a Block on a Horizontal
R = mg + F sin 
Smooth Surface.
Case (i) : When subjected to a horizontal pull : : R  mg, R > mg
The distribution of forces
on the body are shown. As R For horizontal motion
a
there is no motion along
F cos 
vertical direction, hence, R m F F cos = ma, a =
m
= mg. For horizontal
motion F = ma or a = F/m mg

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.7

4.2 Motion of bodies in contact.

Fnet 75
a   15m / s2
Case (i) : Two body system : 5kg 5
Let a force F be applied on mass m1
Fnet = 75 N
5kg a
B
A
F To find the contact force
f f R
m1 m2 between A & B we draw a
N 2kg 25 N
F.B.D of 2 kg block
Free body diagrams :
from (Fnet)x = max
(vertical force do not cause motion, hence they have 2g
 N – 25 = (2) (15)
not been shown in diagram)
 N = 55 N
F m2 F Case (ii) : Three body system :
 a = m  m and f = m  m
1 2 1 2 C
A B
(i) Here f is known as force of contact. m2 m3
F m1

f Free body diagrams :

m1 m2
F f
F
 a = m m m
1 2 3
(ii) Acceleration of system can be found simply by
(m 2  m3 ) F
force and f1 = (m  m  m )
1 2 3
a = total mass
For A For B For C

: If force F be applied on m2, the acceleration will remain

m1 m2 m3
F f1 f1 f2 f2
the same, but the force of contact will be different
F – f1 = m1a f1 – f2 = m2a f2 = m3a
m1 F
i.e., f’ = m  m
1 2
m3 F
f2 = (m  m  m )
1 2 3

Find the contact force between the 3 kg and 2kg f1 = contact force between masses m1 and m2
block as shown in figure. f2 = contact force between masses m2 and m3
Remember : Contact forces will be different if
B
A F2 = 25N force F will be applied on mass C
F1 = 100N 3kg 2kg

Sol. Considering both blocks as a system to find the

common acceleration
Fnet = F1 – F2 = 100 – 25 = 75 N
common acceleration

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.8 Theory and Exercise Book

Free body diagrams :

Find the contact force between the block and
acceleration of the blocks as shown in figure.

C For body A For body B

B
A
F1 = 50N 3kg F2 = 30N R1 R2
2kg 5kg a a

T A F B T
Sol. Considering all the three block as a system to find
the common acceleration
m1g m2 g
Fnet = 50 – 30 = 20 N
R1 = m1g R2 = m2g
20 Fnet=20N F – T = m1a
a  2 m / s2 10kg a T = m2a
10

To find the contact force between B & C we draw

F.B.D. of 3 kg block.
F
R  a= m m
1 2

N1 3kg 30N Case (ii) : For Three bodies :

 F net
x
 ma
a
a
mg A B C 
T1 T2 F
m1 m2 m3
 N1 – 30 = 3(2)  N1 = 36 N
To find contact force between A & B we draw
F.B.D. of 5 kg block Free body diagrams :

a
For A For B For C
N2 5kg N1
R1 R2 R3
 N2 – N1 = 5a
A T1 B C
N2 = 5 × 2 + 36  N2 = 46 N T1 T2 T2 F

m1g m2 g m3g
4.3 Motion of connected Bodies
R2 = m2g R3 = m3g
Case (i) For Two Bodies : R1 = m1g
T2 – T1 = m2 a F – T2 = m3a
T1 = m1a
F is the pull on body A of mass m1. The pull of A on  T2 = m2a + T1  F = m3a + T2
B is exercised as tension through the string T2 = (m2 + m1)a =m3a+(m1+m2)a
F=(m1+m2+m3)a
connecting A and B. The value of tension throughout
the string is T only.
F
B A  a = m m m
T T 1 2 3
m2 m1 F

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.9

A 5 kg block has a rope of mass 2 kg attached to its Find out the contact force between the 2kg & 4kg
underside and a 3 kg block is suspended from the block as shown in figure.
other end of the rope. The whole system is
accelerated upward is 2 m/s2 by an external force

g
4k
g
F 0.

2k
(a) What is F0? F0
37º
(b) What is the force on rope? 5 kg
2 kg Sol. On an incline plane acceleration of the block is
(c) What is the tension at independent of mass. So both the blocks will move
middle point of the rope? 3 kg with the same acceleration (gsin 37º) so the contact
force between them is zero.
(g = 10 m/s2)
Sol. For calculating the value of F0, consider two blocks
with the rope as a system.
Find out the contact force between 2kg & 3kg block
F.B.D. of whole system placed on the incline plane as shown in figure.

F0

g
3k
g
2k
(a) 2
2m/s
N
20
10 g = 100N
37º
F0 – 100 = 10 × 2
Sol. Considering both the block as a 5kg system because
F = 120 N ...(1)
both will move the same acceleration.
(b) According to Newton’s second law, net force
on rope.
g
5k

F = ma = (2) (2) = 4 N ...(2)

N
20

(c) For calculating tension at the

37º
middle point we draw F.B.D. of 3 T
kg block with half of the rope (mass Now show forces on the 5 kg block
1 kg) as shown. 4g
N

T – 4g = 4.(2) = 48 N
g
5k
N
20

4.4 Mo tion of a bo dy o n a smoo th 37º 5g

inclined plane :
 Acceleration of 5kg block is down the incline.
Natural acceleration down the plane = g sin 
So choose one axis down the incline and other
Driving force for acceleration a up the plane, perpendicular to it
F=m(a+ gsin)
N

and for an N
g
5k

acceleration a down
a
N
20

the plane, mg sin mgcos

º
37

mg
5gcos 37º
sin

F=m(a – gsin) 37º 5g

5g

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.10 Theory and Exercise Book

From Newton’s second Law

N = 5g cos 37º ...(i) In the figure shown, find out acceleration of each
5gsin 37º – 20 = 5a ..(ii) block.
30 – 20 = 5a
a= 2m/s2 (down the incline)
For contact force (N1) between 2kg & 3kg block
we draw F.B.D. of 3kg block

1
N
10kg
From Fnet = ma

g
2

3k
 3gsin 37º – N1 = 3 × 2
/s
2m

7º
n3

18 – N1 = 6
si
3g

2kg 4kg
N1= 12 N
Sol. Now F.B.D. of each block and apply Newton’s
second law on each F.B.D

10kg
a1
Section E - Pulley Block System

4.5 Pulley block system : a2 2kg 4kg a3

One end of string which passes through pulley and 2T

connected to 10 kg mass at other end is pulled by
100 N force. Find out the acceleration of 10 kg mass. (1) 10 kg a1  10g –2 T = 10a1 ...(i)
(g = 9.8 m/s2)
Sol. Since string is pulled by 100N force.
So tension in the string is 100 N. 10g
F.B.D. of 10 kg block
T
100 – 10 g = 10 a

(2) 2kg a2  T – 2g = 2a2 ...(2)

100 N
2g

T
100 N
10 g (3) 4kg a3  T – 4g = 4a3 ...(3)
10 kg

100 – 10 × 9.8 = 10 a 4g
2
a = 0.2 m/s

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.11

from constrain relation 2a1 = a2 + a3 ...(4) by both sides of the string from constrain relation
Solving equations (1), (2), (3) and (4) we get
a1
a2 =
800 2
T= N
23 Thus, the acceleration of m1 its twice that of m2.
2 2
a1 = 70/23 m/s (downward), a2 = 170/23 m/s with this input, solving (i) and (ii) we find
(upward),
2m2 g
a3 = 30/23 m/s2 (downward) a1 = 4m  m
1 2

m2 g
a2 = 4m  m
Find the acceleration of each block in the figure 1 2

shown below; in terms of their masses m1, m2 and

g. Neglect any friction.
m1
Two blocks A and B each having a mass of 20 kg,
rest on frictionless surfaces as shown in the figure
below. Assuming the pulleys to be light and
frictionless, compute :
m2 (a) the time required for block A, to move down by
2m on the plane, starting from rest,
Sol. Let T be the tension in the string that is assumed to (b) tension in the string, connecting the blocks.
be massless.
For mass m1, the FBD shows that A
N1 = m1g N1
B
Where N1 is the force applied 37º
T
upward by plane on the mass
m1. If acceleration of m1 along Sol.
m1g
horizontal is a1. then Step 1. Draw the FBDs for both the blocks. If tension in
the string is T, then we have
T = m1a1 ...(i)
For mass m2, the FBD shows that T
NA NB
m2g – 2T = m2a2 ...(ii)
T
Where a2 is vertical acceleration of mass m2. and
mA g mB g
Note that upward tension on m2 is 2T applied

T Note that mAg, should better be resolved along and

T
2T
perpendicular to the plane, as the block A is moving
along the plane.

m2g T
NA
a2
mA g sin mAg cos
m2g

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.12 Theory and Exercise Book

Step 2. From FBDs, we write the force equations ‘for block

3
A where T – 1. g = 1.a...(ii) . a
2
NA = mA g cos  = 20 × 10 × 0.8 = 160 N T N2
Adding eq. (i) and (ii)
and mAg sin  – T = mA a ... (i) m2
Where ‘a’ is acceleration of masses of blocks A and B. we get a = 0

Similarly, force equations for block B are Putting this value in
m2g
NB = mBg = 20 × 10 = 200 N eq. (i) we get

and T = mBa ...(ii) 3g

T= ,
From (i) and (ii), we obtain 2

m A g sin  20  10  0.6 F.B.D. of pulley

a= m m = = 3 ms–2
A B 40 FR = 2T
T = mBa = 20 × 3 = 60 N
3 T T
Step 3. With constant acceleration a = 3 ms–2, the block A FR = g
moves down the inclined plane a distance S = 2 m 2
FR
in time t given by
5. NEWTONS’ 3RD LAW OF MOTION :
1 2 2S 2
S = at or t =  sec onds. Statement : “To every action there is equal and
2 a 3
opposite reaction”.
But what is the meaning of action and reaction and
which force is action and which force is reaction?
Two blocks m1 and m2 are placed on a smooth Every force that acts on body is due to the other
inclined plane as shown in figure. If they are released bodies in environment. Suppose that a body A
from rest. 
experiences a force FAB due to other body B. Also
Find : 
body B will experience a force FBA due to A.
(i) acceleration of mass m1 and m2
According to Newton third law two forces are equal
(ii) tension in the string
in magnitude and opposite in direction
(iii) net force on pulley exerted by string Mathematically we write it as
 
FAB  –FBA
 
Here we can take either FAB or FBA as action force
m1
3kg m2 1kg
and other will be the reaction force.
30° 60°
: (i) Action-Reaction pair acts on two different bodies.
Sol. F.B.D of m1 :
m1g sin  – T = m1a (ii) Magnitude of force is same.
N1 T
(iii) Direction of forces are in opposite direction.
3 a (iv) For action-reaction pair there is no need of
g –T= 3a ...(i) m1
2 contact
=30°
F.B.D. of m2 :
m1g
T – m2g sin  = m2a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.13

A block of mass ‘m’ is kept on the ground as shown If the breaking strength of
in figure. string is 600N then find out
(i) Draw F.B.D. of block the maximum acceleration
(ii) Are forces acting on m of the man with which he
block action-reaction pair can climb up the road
(iii) If answer is no, draw action reaction pair.
Sol. Maximum force that can be exerted
600N
Sol. (i) F.B.D. of block on the man by the rope is 600 N.
N (Normal) F.B.D of man
a
 600 – 50 g = 50 a
m amax = 2 m/s2
50 g

mg (field force)
A 60 kg painter on a 15 kg
(ii) ‘N’ and Mg are not action - reaction pair. Since pair platform. A rope attached to
act on different bodies, and they are of same nature. the platform and passing over
(iii) Pair of ‘mg’ of block acts on earth in opposite direction. an overhead pulley allows the
400 N
painter to raise himself along
m
with the platform.
(i) To get started, he pulls the rope down with a force
earth
mg of 400 N. Find the acceleration of the platform as
well as that of the painter.
and pair of ‘N’ acts on surface as shown in figure.
(ii) What force must he exert on the rope so as to attain
N
an upward speed of 1 m/s in 1 s ?
(iii) What force should apply now to maintain the
constant speed of 1 m/s?
5.1 Climbing on the Rope : Sol. The free body diagram of the painter and the platform
F.B.D of man
as a system can be drawn as shown in the figure.
Rope Note that the tension in the string is equal to the
T
force by which he pulles the rope. TT
a a (i) Applying Newton’s Second Law
a
2T – (M + m)g = (M + m)a
mg
2T – (M  m)g
or a=
Mm (M+m) g
Now three condition arises.
Here M = 60 kg; m = 15 kg ; T = 400 N
if T > mg  man accelerates in upward direction
g = 10 m/s2
T < mg  man accelerates in downward direction
T = mg  man’s acceleration is zero 2(400) – (60  15)(10)
a= = 0.67 m/s2
* Either climbing or decending on the rope man exerts 60  15
force downward

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.14 Theory and Exercise Book

(ii) To attain a speed of 1 m/s in one second the (a) If block ‘A’ and ‘B’ both are displaced by 0.5 m
acceleration a must be 1 m/s2 in same direction.
Thus, the applied force is (b) If block ‘A’ and ‘B’ both are displaced by 0.5 m
in opposite direction.
1
F= (M + m) (g + a) = (60 + 15) (10 + 1) = 412.5 N Sol. (a) Since both blocks are displaced by 0.5 m in same
2
direcetion, so change in length of spring is zero.
(iii) When the painter and the platform move (upward)
Hence, spring force is zero.
together with a constant speed, it is in a state of
dynamic equilibrium (b) In this case, change in length of spring is 1 m.
So spring force is F = –Kx
Thus, 2F – (M + m) g = 0
= – (200). (1)
(M  m)g (60  15)(10)
or F=  = 375 N F = –200 N
2 2
2m

A B Natural length

3m

Section F - Spring force and spring cutting A B When spring

problems is extended
F F
6. SPRING FORCE :
Every spring resists any attempt to change its length; 1m
when it is compressed or extended, it exerts force at
its ends. The force exerted by a spring is given by F A B When spring
is compressed
= –kx, where x is the change in length and k is the F F
stiffness constant or spring constant (unit Nm–1)
When spring is in its natural length, spring force is zero.
0 0 +x
F=0 Fext F = –kx Force constant of a spring is 100
F N/m. If a 10 kg block attached
F with the spring is at rest, then find
extension in the spring
x
(g = 10 m/s2)
Sol. In this situation, spring is in 10 kg
Graph between spring force v/s x
extended state so spring force acts
in upward direction. Let x be the
extension in the spring.
Two blocks are connected by a spring of natural F.B.D. of 10 kg block : Fs
length 2 m. The force constant of spring is 200 N/
Fs = 10 g
m. Find spring force in following situations.
 Kx = 100
2m
 (100)x = (100)
B 10g
A  x=1m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.15

6.1 SPRING FORCE SYSTEM : Note :

Initially the spring is in natural length at A with block N.L.
m. But when the block displaced towards right then
the spring is elongated and now block is released at Release
A
B then the block move towards left due to spring (i)
force (kx). B
Analysis of motion of block : when the block A is released then it take some finite
Natural Length time to reach at B. i.e., spring force doesn’t change
v a v a instantaneously.
v=0
m m Initial position N.L.

C v a v a A B Release
A
m
(2)
(i) From B to A speed of block increase and
acceleration decreases. B

a When point A of the spring is released in the above

kx m
v situation then the spring forces changes
(due to decrease in springforce kx) instantaneously and becomes zero because one end
of the spring is free.
(ii) Due to inertia block crosses natural length at A. (3) In string tension may change instantaneously.
From A to C speed of the block decreases and
acceleration increases.(due to increase in
springforce kx)
Find out the acceleration of 2 kg block in the figures
m kx shown at the instant 1 kg block falls from 2 kg block.
a
v
(at t = 0)

(iii) At C the block stops momentarily at this instant and

since the spring is compressed spring force is towards
1kg 1kg
right and the block starts to move towards right. From
A 2kg 2kg B
C to A speed of block increases and acceleration
decreases.
Sol. F.B.D.s before fall of 1kg block
m kx a
v
(due to decrease in springforce kx)\

(iv) Again block crosses point A due to inertia then from 1kg 30N (kx) 30N (T)
1kg
A to B speed decreases and acceleration increases. 2kg
2kg
kx 30(mg)
a
m v 30(mg)

In this way block does SHM (to be expalined later) after the fall of the 1 kg block tension will change
if no resistive force is acting on the block. instantaneously but spring force (kx) doesn’t change
instantaneously. F.B.D.s just after the fall of 1 kg block

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.16 Theory and Exercise Book

F.B.D. of ‘A’
mg + T0 = m. aA
2 mg = m. aA
mg T0=mg
30N (kx) 20 aA = 2g (downwards)
(A) 2kg B 2kg
20 20

30 – 20 Find out the acceleration of 1kg, 2kg and 3kg block

aA = = 5 m/s2 (upward) aB = 0 m/s2
2 and tension in the string between 1 kg & 2 kg block
just after cutting the string as shown in figure.

Two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ of same

mass ‘m’ attached with a light A 1kg
spring are suspended by a string as A m
shown in figure. Find the B 2kg
acceleration of block ‘A’ and ‘B’
just after the string is cut.
Sol. When block A and B are in B m
equilibrium position C 3kg

T0 Sol. F.B.D before cutting of string

T0=mg 6gN
F.B.D of ‘B’ ...(i)
A 1kg
mg 1gN (mg)
5gN
B 2kg
3gN 2gN

3gN(spring force)
F.B.D of ‘A’ ...(ii) C 3kg

3gN(mg)

when string is cut, tension T becomes zero. But Let us assume the Tension in the string connecting
spring does not change its shape just after cutting. blocks A & B becomes zero just after cutting the
So spring force acts on mass B, again draw F.B.D. string then.
of block A and B as shown in figure
F.B.D of ‘B’ 1 kg
T0=mg 1g
a1 = = g ms–2
1
T0 – mg = m.aB 1g
aB = 0

mg

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.17

Reference Frame :
2 kg A frame of reference is basically a coordinate
system in which motion of object is analyzed. There
5g
a2 = = 2.5 g ms–2 are two types of reference frames.
2g + 3g 2
(weight) (spring force) (a) Inertial reference frame : Frame of reference
moving with constant velocity or stationary
 a2 > a1 i.e.,  T0 (b) Non-inertial reference frame : A frame of
If T  0 that means string is tight and Both block A reference moving with non-zero acceleration
& B will have same acceleration. So it will take as
a system of 3 kg mass.
: (i) Although earth is a non inertial frame (due to
1 kg rotation) but we always consider it as an inertial
10N frame.
T (ii) A body moving in circular path with constant
3kg a speed is a non intertial frame (direction change cause
2 kg
acceleration)

30N 20N 60N

System

Total force down ward

T
= 10 + 30 + 20 = 60 N 2
20m/s
Total mass = 3 kg  2kg
50 – T = 2 × 20
60 T = 10 N
a= = 20 m/s2 50
3
Now apply Fnet = ma
3g
at block B.
 the spring force 3kg ac= 0 m/s
2

does not change

instantaneously
the F.B.D of ‘C’ 3g

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.18 Theory and Exercise Book

Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing Machine

:
7. PSEUDO FORCE :
Consider the following 1. Direction of pseudo force is opposite to the
example to understand the pseudo force concept acceleration of frame
2. Magnitude of pseudo force is equal to mass of the
support a body which we are analyzing multiplied by
B
m acceleration of frame
A
3. Point of application of pseudo force is the centre of
mass of the body which we are analysing
The block m in the bus is moving with constant
acceleration a with respect to man A at ground.
Force required for this acceleration is the normal
reaction exerted by the support A box is moving upward with retardation ‘a’ < g, find
So, N = ma ..(i) the direction and magnitude of “pseudo force” acting
This block m is at rest with respect to man B who on block of mass ‘m’ placed inside the box. Also
is in the bus (a non intertial frame). So the calculate normal force exerted by surface on block
acceleration of the block with respect to man B is
zero.
N = m(0) = 0 ..(ii)
'm'
But the normal force is exerted in a non-inertial
frame also. So the equation (ii) is wrong therefore
Sol. Pseudo force acts opposite to the direction of
we conclude that Newton’s law is not valid in non-
acceleration of reference frame.
inertial frame.
pseudo force = ma in upward direction
If we want to apply Newton’s law in non-inertial
frame, then we can do so by using of the cencept 'Ma' N
pseudo force.
Pseudo force is an imaginary force, which in actual N + ma = mg
(Pseudo
N = mg – ma
is not acting on the body. But after applying it on force)
the body we can use Newton’s laws in non-inertial
frames.
mg
This imaginary force is acting on the body only when
we are solving the problem in a non-inertial frame F.B.D of ‘m’ w.r.t box (non-inertial)
of reference.
In the above example. The net force on the block
m is zero with respect to man B after applying the
Figure shows a pendulum suspended from the roof
pesudo force.
of a car that has a constant acceleration a relative
to the ground. Find the deflection of the pendulum
ma N
from the vertical as observed from the ground frame
m
and from the frame attached with the car.

N = ma a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.19

 a
A pulley with two blocks system is attached to the
Sol. mg
ceiling of a lift moving upward with an acceleration
a0. Find the deformation in the spring.
T

ax =a
K
a0

ay= 0 m2
mg m1

Figure represents free Body diagram of the

Sol. Non-Inertial Frame
bob w.r.t ground.
In an inertial frame the suspended bob has an
acceleration a caused by the horizontal component
K
of tension T.
2T a0
T sin  = ma ...(i)
T cos = mg ...(ii) m2T T
m1
From equation (i) and (ii)

a a
tan  =
g
 q = tan–1  g 
 

In a non-inertial frame

ma a

mg

T Let relative to the centre of pulley, m1 accelerates

 a=0 downward with a and m2 accelerates upwards with
x

ma a. Applying Newton’s 2nd law.

m1g + m1a0 – T = m1a ...(i)
a=
y 0
mg T – m2g – m2a0 = m2a ...(ii)
On adding (iv) and (v) we get
Figure represents free Body diagram of bob w.r.t car.
In the non-intertial frame of the car, the bob is in  m1 – m 2 
static equilibrium under the action of three froces, a =  m  m  (g + a0) ...(iii)
 1 2 
T, mg and ma (pseudo force)
T sin  = ma ...(iii) Substituting a in equation (i)

T cos  = mg ....(iv) 2m1m 2 (g  a 0 )

We get T = m1  m 2
From equation (iii) and (iv)

a a F 2T 4m1m 2 (g  a 0 )
tan  =   = tan–1    x = = = (m  m ) k
g g k k 1 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.20 Theory and Exercise Book

Putting in (ii)
All the surfaces shown in figure are assumed to be Ma 0
frictionless. The block of mass m slides on the prism + ma0 sin  = mg cos 
sin 
which in turn slides backward on the horizontal
surface. Find the acceleration of the smaller block mg sin  cos 
or, a0 =
with respect to the prism. M  msin 2 
A
mgsin  cos 2 
m From (i) a = + g sin 
M  msin 2 
a0
(M  m) gsin 
 =
M  msin 2 
B C
Sol. Let the acceleration of the prism be a 0 in the
backward direction. Consider the motion of the 8. WEIGHING MACHING :
smaller block from the frame of the prism The forces A weighing machine does not measure the weight
on the block are (figure) but measures the force. exerted by object on its
a upper surface or we can say weighing machine
N' N
measure normal force on the man.
a0 ma0 8.1 Motion in a lift :

  (A) If the lift is unaccelerated (v = 0 or constant)
N  mg 
In this case no pseudo force act on the man
Mg

(i) N normal force

(ii) mg downward (gravity),
(iii) ma0 forward (Psuedo Force)
The block slides down the plane. Components of weighing
machine
the forces parallel to the incline give
ma0 cos + mg sin  = ma In this case the F.B.D. of the man N
or, a = a0 cos  + g sin  ...(i) N = mg
Components of the forces perpendicular to the In this case machine read the
incline give
actual weight
N + ma0 sin  = mg cos  ...(ii)
Now consider the motion of the prism from the
(B) If the lift is accelerated upward. mg
ground frame. No pseudo force is needed as the
(where a = constant)
frame used is inertial. The forces are (figure)
(i) Mg downward
(ii) N normal to the incline (by the block)
(iii) N’ upward (by the horizontal surface) a
Horizontal components give,
weighing
N sin  = Ma0 or N = Ma0 / sin , ...(iii) machine

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.21

F.B.D of man with respect to lift FRICTION

So weighing machine read
Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction
N = m(g + a)
Apparent weight 1. FRICTION :
N > Actual weight (mg) Friction is a contact force that opposes the relative
motion or tendency of relative motion of two bodies.
(c) If the lift is accelerated down ward.
Mg

a F F

weighing f
machine N
Consider a block on a horizontal table as shown in
F.B.D of man with respect to lift the figure. If we apply a force, acting to the right,
So weighing machine read the block remains stationary if F is not too large.
N = m(g – a) The force that counteracts F and keeps the block
in rest from moving is called frictional force. If we
Apparent weight
keep on increasing the force, the block will remain
N < Actual weight (mg) at rest and for a particular value of applied force,
Note : the body comes to state of about to move. Now if
(i) If a = g  N=0 we slightly increase the force from this value, block
Thus in a freely falling lift, the man will experience starts its motion with a jerk and we observe that to
a state of weightlessness keep the block moving we need less effort than to
start its motion.
(ii) If the lift is accelerated downwards such that a
> g : So the man will be accelerated upward and So from this observation, we see that we have
will stay at the ceiling of the lift. three states of block, first, block does not move,
second, block is about to move and third, block starts
(iii) Apparent weight is greater than or less than
moving. The friction force acting in three states are
actual weight only depends on the direction and
called static frictional force, limiting frictional force
magnitude of acceleration. Magnitude and direction
and kinetic frictional force respectively. If we draw
of velocity doesn’t play any roll in apparent weight.
the graph between applied force and frictional force
for this observation its nature is as shown in figure.

1.1 Static frictional force

f
flim b
c d
fkin

a Static region F
Kinetic region

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.22 Theory and Exercise Book

When there is no relative motion between the Direction of Kinetic Friction

contact surfaces, frictional force is called static
The kinetic friction on a body A slipping against
frictional force. It is a self-adjusting force, it adjusts
another body B is opposite to the velocity of A with
its value according to requirement (of no relative
respect to B.
motion). In the taken example static frictional force
is equal to applied force. Hence one can say that It should be carefully noted that the velocity coming
the portion of graph ab will have a slope of 45º. into picture is with respect to the body applying the
force of friction.
The Direction of Static Friction
f
The direction of static friction on a body is such f v
that the total force acting on it keeps it at rest with
respect to the body in contact.
Suppose we have a long truck moving on a horizontal
The direction of static friction is as follows. For a
road. A small block is placed on the truck which
moment consider the surfaces to be frictionless. In
slips on the truck to fall from the rear end. As seen
absence of friction the bodies will start slipping against
from the road, both the truck and the block are
each other. One should then find the direction of
friction as opposite to the velocity with respect to moving towards right, of course the velocity of the
the body applying the friction. block is smaller than that of the truck. What is the
direction of the kinetic friction acting on the block
due to the truck ? The velocity of the block as seen
1.2 Limiting Frictional Force
from the truck is towards left. Thus, the friction on
This frictional force acts when body is about to
the block is towards right. The friction acting on the
move. This is the maximum frictional force that can
truck due to the block is towards left.
exist at the contact surface.
(i) The magnitude of limiting frictional force is
proportional to the normal force at the contact
surface.
Find the direction of kinetic friction force
flim  N  flim = sN
Here s is a constant the value of which depends on F=1N
1 kg V=5m/s
nature of surfaces in contact and is called as
///////////////////////////////////
‘coefficient of static firction’.
(a) on the block, exerted by the ground.
1.3 Kinetic Frictional Force (b) on the ground, exerted by the block.
Once relative motion starts between the surface in
F=1N
contact, the frictional force is called as kinetic 1 kg 5 m/s
Sol. (a)
frictional force. The magnitude of kinetic frictional f1 w.r.t to ground
force is also proportional to normal force.
fk = kN 5m/s
From the previous observation we can say that k < s w.r.t to block
(b)
Although the coefficient of kinetic friction varies with f2
speed, we shall neglect any variation i.e., when
relative motion starts a constant frictional force starts where f1 and f2 are the friction forces on the block
opposing its motion. and ground respectively.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.23

The correct relation between magnitude of f1 and A block of mass 5 kg is resting on a rough surface
f2 in above problem is : as shown in the figure. It is acted upon by a force of
(A) f1 > f2 (B) f2 > f1 (C) f1 = f2 F towards right. Find frictional force acting on block
(D) not possible to decide due to insufficient data. when (a) F = 5N (b) 25 N (c) 50 N (s = 0.6, k =
Sol. By Newton’s third law the above friction forces 0.5) [g = 10 ms–2]
are action-reaction pair and equal but opposite to
F
each other in direction. Hence (C)
Also note that the direction of kinetic friction has
nothing to do with applied force F. Sol. Maximum value of frictional force that the surface
can offer is
fmax = flim = sN
= 0.6 × 5 × 10 = 30 newton
A 10 m/s
B 20m/s

F Mg
All surfaces are rough. Draw the friction force on A & B
fkBA
f
A fkAB B
Sol.
N
fkBG
Therefore, it F  fmax body will be at rest and f = F
Kinetic friction acts to reduce relative motion.
Summary or F > fmax body will more and f = fk
We can summarise the laws of friction between two (a) F = 5N < Fmax
bodies in contact as follows: So body will not move hence static frictional
(i) If the bodies slip over each other, the force of friction force will act and ,
is given by fs = f = 5N
fk = k N (b) F = 25 N < Fmax  fs = 25 N
where N is the normal contact force and k is the (c) F = 50 N > Fmax
coefficient of kinetic friction between the surfaces.
So body will move and kinetic frictional
(ii) The direction of kinetic friction on a body is opposite
force will act, its value will be
to the velocity of this body with respect to the body
fk = k N = 0.5 × 5 × 10 = 25 newton
applying the force of friction.
(iii) If the bodies do not slip over each other, the force
of friction is given by
fs s N A block having a mass 3 kg is initially at rest on a
where s is the coefficient of static friction between horizontal surface. The coefficient of static friction s
the bodies and N is the normal force between them. = 0.3 between the block and the surface and k is
The direction and magnitude of static friction are 0.25. A constant force F of 50 N, acts on the body at
such that the condition of no slipping between the the angle  = 37º. What is the acceleration of the block?
bodies is ensured.
(iv) The frictional force fk or fs does not depend on the 
F

area of contact as long as the normal force N is

same. x

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.24 Theory and Exercise Book

Sol. We have two possibilities here, the block may Sol. We are given that,
remain at rest, or it may accelerate towards the m = 3kg, s = 0.3, k = 0.25,  = 37º,
right. The decision hinges on whether or not the x- and a = 8.4 ms–2
component of the force F has magnitude, less than In order to determine the force F, we first draw the
or greaer than the maximum static friction force. FBD as shown below
N F sin
The x-component of F is The equations of motion
Fx = Fcos  = (50 N ) (0.8) = 40 N therefore, are F cos
N + Fsin  = mg f
To find fs, max, we first calculate the normal force N,
N = mg – Fsin 
whether or not the block accelerates horizontally, mg
F cos  – f = ma
the sum of the and where f = s N before the start of the motion,
y-component of all the N
once motion is set, f = kN.
forces on the block is zero. f x Hence, force F which produces a = 8.4 m/s2 is given by

N - F sin  – mg = 0 Fcos – k (mg – F sin ) = ma
mg F
or N = F sin  + mg
ma  kmg
= (50 N) (0.6) + (3 kg)(9.8ms–2) or F
cos   ksin 
= 59.4 N
3(0.4  0.25  9.8)
The maximum static frictional force   34.26 N
0.8  0.25  0.6
fs,max = sN = (0.3) (59.4 N) = 17.8 N
This value is smaller than the x-component of F,
: Fsin works out to be less than mg. Otherwise we
hence the block moves. We now interpret the force
f in the figure as a kinetic frictional force. This value would lift the block up in the above analysis
is obtained as
fK = k N = (0.25) (59.4 N) = 14.8 N COMMENT
It is easier to pull then to push. Only about 34 N
Therefore resultant force in the x-direction is
force is required to pull than 50 N required during
pushing why ?
F x  F cos   f = 40 N –14.8 N = 25.2 N
Because, when we pull at an angle, the effective
Then the acceleration ‘a’ of the block is normal force N by which block is pressing down on
surface is reduced and consequently friction is
25.2 N reduced. Just the contrary happens when you are
a  8.4 ms2
3kg pushing.
Think : What would happen if the magnitude of Fx
happened to be less than fs.max but larger than fk ? 2. MINIMUM FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE
THE PARTICLE :
A body of mass m rests on a horizontal floor with
which it has a coefficient of static friction . It is
In the previous example, suppose we move the desired to make the body slide by applying the
block by pulling it with the help of a massless string minimum possible force F.
tied to F
the block as shown here. What Fig. A m 
is the force F required to
F
produce the same acceleration  Let the applied force F be at angle  with the
in the block as obtained in the m a horizontal
last example ?

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.25

The direction of the contact force acting on a

R F
particular body is not necessarily perpendicular to

R m the contact surface. We can resolve this contact force
Fig. B R = Normal force
mg into two components, one perpendicular to the
contact surface and the other parallel to it. The
For vertical equilibrium,
perpendicular component is called the normal contact
R + F sin  = mg
force or normal force and parallel component is
or, R = (mg – F sin) ...(i) called friction.
For horizontal equilibrium i.e. when the block is just
about to slide, Contact force = f 2  N2
F cos  = R ...(ii) Fc min = N {when fmin = 0}
Substituting for R,
F cos =  (mg – F sin) Fc max =  2 N 2  N 2 {when fmax = N}

or F = mg / (cos  +  sin)

N  Fc  ( 2  1) N
for minimum F (cos + sin) is maximum,
 Let x = cos  +  sin 0  tan–1

dx
  sin    cos 
d A body of mass 400 g slides on a rough horizontal
surface. If the frictional force is 3.0 N, find (a) the
dx angle made by the contact force on the body with
for maximum of x, 0
d the vertical and (b) the magnitude of the contact
tan  =  and at this value of  force. Take g = 10 m/s2.
Sol. Let the contact force on the block by the surface be Fc
mg
Fmin  which makes an angle  with the vertical (shown figure)
1  2
Fc N
3. FRICTION AS THE COMPONENT
OF CONTACT FORCE :
f
When two bodies are kept in contact,
electromagnetic forces act between the charged
particles at the surfaces of the bodies. As a result, The component of Fc perpendicular to the contact
each body exerts a contact force on other The surface is the normal force N and the component of
magnitudes of the contact forces acting on the two F parallel to the surface is the firction f. As the
bodies are equal but their directions are opposite surface is horizontal, N is vertically upward. For
and hence the contact forces obey Newton’s third vertical equilirbrium,
law. N = Mg = (0.400 kg) (10 m/s2) = 4.0 N
The frictional force is f = 3.0 N
N=normal force
Fc=contact force f 3
(a) tan    or,  = tan–1 (3/4) = 37º
N 4
f=friction
(b) The magnituded of the contact force is

F  N2  f 2 = (4.0 N) 2  (3.0N) 2  5.0 N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.26 Theory and Exercise Book

4. MOTION ON A ROUGH INCLINED N = mg cos 

PLANE mg sin  –  N = ma
Suppose a motion up the plane takes place under  mg sin  –  mg cos  = ma
the action of pull P acting parallel to the plane a = g sin  – g cos  = g (sin  –  cos )
N = mg cos 
1 3 2
Frictional force acting down the plane = 9.8  – 0.4   = 4.9 × 0.3072 = 1.505 m/s
2 2 
F = N =  mg cos 
The box accelerates down the plane at 1.505 m/s2.
Appling Newton’s second law for motion up the
plane

P
N A force of 400 N acting horizontal pushes up a 20
kg block placed on a rough inclined plane which
makes an anlge of 45° with the horizontal. The
mg sin  mg cos  acceleration experienced by the block is 0.6 m/s2.
f  mg
Find the coefficient of sliding friction between the
box and incline.
P – (mg sin  + f) = ma Sol. The horizontally directed force 400 N and weight
P – mg sin  –  mg cos  = ma 20 kg of the block are resolved into two mutually
If P = 0 the block may slide downwards with an perpendicular components, parallel and perpendicular
acceleration a. The frictional force would then act to the plane as shown.
up the plane N = 20 g cos 45° + 400 sin 45° = 421.4 N
mg sin  – F = ma The frictional force experienced by the block
or, mg sin  –  mg cos  = ma F = N =  × 421.4 = 421.4 N.
As the accelerated motion is taking placed up the
plane.
400 cos 45° – 20 g sin 45° – f = 20a
A 20 kg box is gently placed on a rough inclined
2 400 cos45°
plane of inclination 30° with horizontal. The a=0.6 m/s
coefficient of sliding friction between the box and R
the plane is 0.4. Find the acceleration of the box 400 N
down the incline.
400 sin45°
20g sin45°
N Y 45° 20 g 20 cos 45°
X
F  N
O 400 20  9.8
mgsin – – 421.4  = 20a = 20 × 0.6 = 12
mg mgcos 2 2
Y'
X'
 400 196  1
 – – 12  
Sol. In solving inclined plane problems, the X and Y  2 2  421.4
directions along which the forces are to be
considered, may be taken as shown. The components 282.8 – 138.6 – 12
= = 0.3137
of weight of the box are 421.4
(i) mg sin  acting down the plane and The coefficient of sliding friction between the block
(ii) mg cos  acting perpendicular to the plane. and the incline = 0.3137

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.27

5. ANGLE OF REPOSE : 6. TWO BLOCKS ON AN INCLINED

Consider a rough inclined plane whose angle of PLANE :
inclination  with ground can be changed. A block Consider two blocks having masses m1 & m2 placed
of mass m is resting on the plane. Coefficient of on a rough inclined plane. 1 & 2 are the friction
(static) friction between the block and plane is . coefficient for m1 & m2
For a given angle , the FBD (Free body diagram) respectively. If N is the

2
m
of the block is normal force between the

N
1
m
contact surface of m1 &

N
f m2
N


Now three condition arises.

mg cos
(i) If 1 = 2 =  then
mg sin
N = 0 because, Both the blocks are in contact but
does not press each other.
a1 = a2 = g sin  –  mg cos 
Where f is force of static friction on the block. For
(a 1,a 2 are acceleration of block  1 &  2
normal direction to the plane, we have N=mg cos respectively)
As  increases, the force of gravity down the plane, (ii) If 1 < 2 then
mg sin , increases. Friction force resists the slide
N = 0 because, there is no contact between the
till it attains its maximum value.
blocks.
fmax = N =  mg cos 
a1 = g sin  – 1 g cos 
Which decreases with  (because cos  decreases
a2 = g sin  – 2 g cos 
as  increases)
 a1 > a2
Hence, beyond a critical value  = c, the blocks
(iii) If 1 > 2 then N0
starts to slide down the plane. The critical angle is
a1 = a2
the one when mg sin  is just equal of fmax, i.e.,
when
mg sin c =  mg cosc
or tan c =  Mass m1 & m2 are placed on a rough inclined plane
where C is called angle of repose as shown in figure. Find out the acceleration of the
blocks and contact force in between these surface.
If  > c, block will slide down.For  < c the block
stays at rest on the incline.
m2
2kg
m1
1kg
2=0.2
1=0.5
37°

Section I, J, K - Direction of friction, Pulley

Block system on horizontal plane, Pulley
Sol. As we know if 1 > 2 both will travel together so
Block system on inclined plane, Two Block a1 = a2 = a
system, Two Block on Inclined plane

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.28 Theory and Exercise Book

F.B.D 7. RANGE OF FORCE F FOR WHICH

.2
=3
7 °
o s3 ACCELER ATION O F BODY IS
gc
2
m2 ZERO.
m2 =
f2
m1 f1 = 1m1 gcos37°=4
°
37
g sin
2 °
m 37
in Find out the range of force in the above situation
g1 s 37°
m
for which 2kg block does not move on the incline.
which is equivalent to

3gsin 37 – (f1  f 2 ) f1 + f2

F
a= g
3k
3

g
2k
7°
18 – 7.2 n3
a= = 3.6 m/sec2 gsi 37° 37º
2 3

Now F.B.D of 1 kg block is Sol. F.B.D of 2 kg block

F
4N 2

=8N
º
37
c
se

os
m/

x
fma
gc
3.6

2kg
F

)
.5
a=
0
7° =(
g

ax
2k

in3
fm

gs
º7
in3

N
gs

37º

12
m

gsin37° + N – 4 = (1) a
N = 3.6 + 4 – 6 = 1.6 Newton
Now take different value of F
Force (F) F.B.D.
Acceleration Direction & magnitude
Friction Type
Fnet
a
m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.29

8N
(i) F = 0N 2m/s2  8N Kinetic
N
12

4N
8N
(ii) F = 4N 0m/s2  8N Static
N
12
8N
4N

(iii) F = 8N 0m/s2 4N Static

N
12
N
12
0
f=

(iv) F = 12N 0m/s2 0 Static

N
12
N
16

(v) F = 16N 0m/s2  4N Static

N
12
4N
f=

(in this condition friction change its direction to stop relative slipping)
N
20

(vi) F = 20N 0m/s2  8N Static

N
12
8N

N
24

(vii) F = 24N 2m/s2  8N Kinetic

N
12
8N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.30 Theory and Exercise Book

From the above table block doesn't move from F =

4N (mgsin – mgcos) to F = 20N (mgsin +
Fig. shows two blocks tied by a string. A variable
mgcos). So friction develope a range of force
force F = 5t is applied on the block. The coefficient
for which block doesn't move
of friction for the blocks are 0.6 and 0.5 respectively.
Find the frictional force between blocks and ground
: If Friction is not present then only for F = 12N the
as well as tension in the string at
block will not move but friction develop a range of (A) t = 1 s (B) t = 2s (C) t = 3s
force 4N to 20N to prevent slipping. So we can B A
write the range of force F for which acceleration 1kg 2kg
of the body is zero. F=5t
=0.6 =0.5
mg sin  – mg cos   F  mg sin  +  mg
10N 20N
cos .

T
T 5t
SOLVED EXAMPLE Sol. fA
fB

10N 20N
In the following figure force F is gradually increased (a) At t = 1s, F = 5 × 1 = 5 N
from zero. Draw the graph between applied force Maximum value of friction force
F and tension T in the string. The coefficient of fA = N = 0.5 × 20 = 10 N
static friction between the block and the ground is
To keep the block stationary the magnitude of
s .
frictional force should be 5N. So
fA = 5 N
Now from the figure it becomes clear that if
F M fA = 5N & F = 5 N, Tension T = 0
Since tension is not in application so frictional force
s on block B is 0 i.e.,
fB = 0
Sol. As the external force F is gradually increased from
(b) At t = 2s, F = 5 × 2 = 10 N
zero it is compensated by the friction and the string
beares no tension. When limiting friction is achieved Maximum value of friction force
by increasing force F to a value till s mg, the further f = N = 0.5 × 20 = 10 N
increase in F is transferred to the string. To keep the block stationary the magnitude of friction
force should be 10 N. So
T
fA = 10 N
45°
From the figure it is clear that if
F
fA = 10 N and F = 10 N
smg
Tension T = 0
Hence friction force on block B is fB = 0
(c) At t = 3s, F = 5 × 3 = 15 N
Maximum value of friction force
f = N = 0.5 × 20 = 10 Newton

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.31

Again applying the same analogy fA = 10 N  30 + f = 100  f = 70 N

From the figure it is clear that if which is not possible as the limiting value is 60 N
for this surface of block.
fA = 10 N and F = 15 N
 Our assumption is wrong and now taking the 20
Tension T = 5 N
kg surface to be limiting we have
So frictional force on block B is fB = 5 Newton
10 T T 20
120 N 100N
f 60 N
Find the tension in the string in situation as shown
T + 60 = 100 N  T = 40 N
in the figure below. Forces 120 N and 100 N start
acting when the system is at rest. Also f + T = 120 N  f = 80 N
This is acceptable as static friction at this surface
120 N 10 20 100N should be less than 90 N.
Hence the tension in the string is T = 40 N
fsmax=90 N
fsmax=60 N
8. P ULLEY BLO CK S YSTEM
Sol. (i) Let us assume that system moves towards left INVOLVING FRICTION :
then as it is clear from FBD, net force in horizontal
• If friction force is acting and value of acceleration of a
direction is towards right. Therefore the assumption
particle is negative, then it means direction of friction
is not valid.
force is opposite to that what we assumed and
120 N 10 20 100N acceleration would be having a different numerical value.

90 N 60 N
Two blocks of masses 5 kg and 10 kg are attached
Above assumption is not possible as net force on with the help of light string and placed on a rough
system comes towards right. Hence system is not incline as shown in the figure. Coefficients of friction
moving towards left. are as marked in the figure. The system is released
(ii) Similarly let us assume that system moves from rest. Determine the acceleration of the two blocks.
towards right.

120 N 10 20 100N

60 N 10kg 5kg
90 N
Above assumption is also not possible as net force
37° 50°
on the system is towards left in this situation. Hence
assumption is again not valid. Fixed
Therefore it can be concluded that the system is Sol. Let 10 kg block is sliding down, then acceleration of
stationary both the blocks are given by,

T 10gsin37 – 1  10gcos37 – 5gsin53

120 N 10 20 100N
– 2  5gcos53
Fmax=90 N f max=60 N a  –ve
15
Assuming that the 10 kg block reaches limiting
It means our assumed direction of motion is wrong
friction first then using FBD’s
and 5 kg block is going to slide down, if this would
T 20 be the case, the direction of friction force will reverse
10 T
120 N 100N and acceleration of blocks would be given by :
90N
f
120 = T + 90  T = 30 N
Also T + f = 100

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.32 Theory and Exercise Book

Sol. (i) Since F < 30 both the blocks will move together
5g sin 53 –  2  5gcos53 – 1  10g cos37
– 10g sin 37 F.B.D
a1 
15 6kg F = 18N
18
a  3m / s2
= –ve 6
It means in this direction also there is no motion. So (ii) When F = 36 N
we can conclude that the system remains at rest
and friction force is static in nature. When F > 30 both the blocks will move separately
so we treat each block independently
F.B.D of 2 kg block
9. TWO BLOCK SYSTEM :

B 2kg aB = 5 m/s2
A 4kg F F.B.D of 4 kg block

frictionless f = 10N 4kg F = 36N

A
Find out the maximum value of F for which both
the blocks will move together
36  10 26
Sol. In the given situation 2kg block will move only due aA   m / s2
4 4
to friction force exerted by the 4 kg block
F.B.D.
The maximum friction force B 2kg
B 2kg f
exerted on the block B is f F 4kg F
A 4kg A
fmax = N
fmax = (0.5) (20) = 10 N
Find out the range of force in which both the blocks
So the maximum acceleration of 2 kg block is
move together
10 Sol. If f1 is friction force between block A & lower
a 2 max   5m / s2 2kg f max = 10N
2 surface and f2 is friction force between both the
amax is the maximum acceleration for which both block’s surface.
the block will move together. i.e., for a  5 ms–2 F.B.D
acceleration of both blocks will be same and we
can take both the blocks as a system. B 2kg f2=10N
f 2=10N
F.B.D 6N = f1 A 4kg F
a
Fmax = 6 × 5 = 30 N 5m/s 2

for 0 < F < 30 6kg Fmax f1 max = 1N1 = (0.1) (60) = 6 N

Both the block move together. f2 max = 2N2 = (0.5) (20) = 10 N
Upper 2kg block is move only due to friction force
so maximum acceleration of that block is

In the above question find the acceleration of both 10

a max   5m / s 2 2kg f2 =10N
the block when 2
(i) F = 18 N (ii) F = 36 N This is the maximum acceleration for which both
the blocks will move together.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.33

Therefore for a  5ms–2 we can take both the blocks 2

2.5 m/s
as one system.
6kg F
F.B.D. 2
5m/s
6kg F
f 1=6N Fmax for which both the blocks will move together
Fmax = 2.5 × 6 = 15 N
For F < 6 N. Blocks will not move at all.
Now the value of Fmax for which both the blocks
will move together.
Fmax – 6 = 6 × 5 B 2kg F

Fmax = 36 N
A 4kg
Conclusion if
0N < F < 6N No blocks will move
If f2 is the friction force between A & B and f1 is
6N < F < 36 N Both blocks will move the friction force between A & floor
together
f1 max = 6 N
F > 36 N Both move separately.
f2 max = 10 N
Lower block A will move only due to friction force
So amax for 4 kg block

B 2kg F
4kg f2 = 10N
f1 =6N
A 4kg
frictionless 10  6
a max   1 m / s2
The lower block A will move only due to friction 4
force This is the maximum acceleration for which both
the blocks will move together
F.B.D.
f 2kg F
2
1m/s
4kg f(frictional force)
6kg F
f1 =6N
fmax = N = (0.5) (20) = 10 N
F–6=6×1
F = 12 N
F.B.D. of 4 kg blocks
amax If F is less than 6N both the blocks will be stationary
Conclusion :
4kg f = 10N
0 < F < 6 N = Both blocks are stationary
The maximum acceleration of 4 kg block is 6 N < F < 12 N = Both move together
10 F > 12 N = Both move separately
 a max   2.5m / s2
4
This is the maximum acceleration for which both
the blocks move together

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.34 Theory and Exercise Book

Find the accelerations of blocks A and B for the 1 0

following cases.
A 10 B 10
(A) 1 = 0 and 2 = 0.1 (P) aA = aB = 9.5 m/s2 (ii) 1kg 1kg
1
(B) 2 = 0 and 1 = 0.1 (Q) aA = 9 m/s2,
10 0
aB = 10 m/s2 10
(C) 1 = 0.1 and 2 = 1.0 (R) aA = aB = g =
10 m/s2 Friction between wall and block A oppose relative
(D) 1 = 1.0 and 2 = 0.1 (S) aA = 1, aB = 9 m/s2 motion since wall is stationary so friction wants to
slop block A also and maximum friction will act
1 between wall and block while there is no friction
2
between block.

10 N
1 kg 1kg : Friction between wall and block will oppose relative

A B
motion between wall and block only it will not do
anything for two block motion.

Sol. (a) R, (b) Q, (c) P, (d) S 1

(i) FBD in (case (i)) A B

{1 = 0, 2 = 0.1}
10 10

O 2N aA = 9 m/s2 ; aB = 10 m/s2

N=10 1kg N=10

1kg f
1
A B
(iii) A B
mg 2 N mg
f
10
10
10
While friction’s work is to oppose the relative motion
and here if relative motion will start then friction
Friction between wall and block will be applied
comes and without relative motion there is no friction
maximum equal to 1N but maximum friction available
so both the block move together with same
between block A and B is 10 N but if this will be
acceleration and friction will not come.
there then relative motion will increase while friction
is to oppose relative motion. So friction will come
A B
2
less than 10 so friction will be f that will be static.
 aA = aB = 10 m/s
mg mg

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.35

1 f ma T
1
A B mg
T
f N
10 10 A ma N
2

by system (20–1) = 2 × a mg

19 a
 a= =9.5 m/s2
2
10 1 For body ‘2’ we have,
11 – 10
(iv) aA =  1m / s2
1 A N = ma
B
mg – T – ma = 0
10 – 1 10 1
aB =  9 m / s2 10
 mg = T + mg ....(2)
1 10

1 
From (1) and (2) a min  g  
10. FRICTION INVOLVING PSEUDO  1  
CONCEPT :

=0.5
What is the minimum acceleration with which bar
A should be shifted horizontally to keep the bodies F M=4kg m=
1kg
1 and 2 stationary relative to the bar ? The masses
of the bodies are equal and the coefficient of friction
between the bar and the bodies equal to . The Find out the range of force for which smaller block
masses of the pulley and the threads are negligible is at rest with respect to bigger block.
while the friction in the pulley is absent. see in fig. Sol. Smaller block is at rest w.r.t. the bigger block. Let
both the block travel together with acceleration a

1
F.B.D of smaller block w.r. to the bigger block.
fmax = × N
N = ma
A 2 f = ma ...(1)

Sol. Let us place the observer on A. ma N

(Pseudo)
Since we have non-inertial frame we have
pseudo forces.
mg
For body ‘1’ we have,
T = ma + mg ....(1)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.36 Theory and Exercise Book

 f = mg ...(2)
from (1) & (2) Mass m2 placed on a plank of mass m1 lying on a
a = g/ = 20 m/s 2 smooth horizontal plane. A horizontal force F = 0t
So F = 20 (M + m) = 20 (5) = 100 N (0 is a constant) is applied to a bar. If acceleration
of the plank and bar are a1 and a2 respectively and
If F  100 N Both will travel together
the coefficient of friction between m1 and m2 is .
Then find acceleration a with time t.

The rear side of a truck is open and a box of 40 kg m2 F

mass is placed 5m away from the open end as
m1
shown. The coefficient of friction between the box
& the surface below it is 0.15. On a straight road,
the truck starts from rest and accelerates with 2 Sol. If F < m2g then both blocks move with common
ms–2 . At what distance from the starting point does acceleration, i.e., a1 = a2
the box fall off the truck (i.e. distance travelled by When F > m2g, then
the truck) ? [Ignore the size of the box] Equation for block of mass m
F – m2g = m2a2 ...(1)
and m2g = m1a1 ...(2)
From equation (1)
0t – m2g = m2a2
/////////////////////////////////////////
i.e., acceleration a2 varies with time linearly,
Sol. In the reference frame of the truck FBD of 40 kg
block a2

40 ma
N kg (psuedo force) a1
a
2
=a
1
a

15
Net force  ma – N  40 × 2 – × 40 × 10 0 t0 t
100

20 1 its slope positive and intercept negative.

mablock  80 – 60  ablock =  m/s2
40 2 From equation (2) a1 is independent of time.
This acceleration of the block in reference frame So, the graph between a & t is as follow.
of truck so time taken by box to fall down from
truck

1 1 1
Srel = urelt + arelt2  5 = 0 +  × t2  t2 = 20
2 2 2
So distance moved by the truck

1
 × atruck × t2
2

1
 × 2 × (20) = 20 meter..
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.37

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

Section A - String Constrained, Wedge 5. Find velocity of ring B (VB) at the instant shown.
Constrained The string is taut and inextensible:

1
1. Find the velocity of the hanging block if the velocities (A) m/s
2
of the free ends of the rope are as indicated in the
VB 30°
figure.
2m/s 3 B
(A) 3/2 m/s  (B) m/s
4 VA=1m/s
(B) 3/2 m/s  1m/s 60°
A
1
(C) 1/2 m/s  (C) m /s
4
(D) 1/2 m/s 
(D) 1 m/s

2. Find velocity of block 'B' at the instant shown in

6. The 50 kg homogeneous smooth sphere rests on the
figure.
30° incline A and bears against the smooth vertical
(A) 25 m/s wall B. Calculate the contact forces at A and B.
37°
(B) 20 m/s B A
1000 500 B
(C) 22 m/s (A) NB = N,N = N
3 A 3
30°
(D) 30 m/s A 10 m/s
1000 500
(B) NA = N, N = N
3 B 3
3. In the figure shown
the velocity of
100 500
different blocks is (C) NA = N,N = N
3 B 3
shown. The velocity
of C is
1000 50
(A) 6 m/s (D) NA = N, N = N
3 B 3
6 m/s

4 m/s

(B) 4 m/s
6m/s

(C) 0 m/s
A B C D 7. Three blocks 1, 2 and 3 are arranged as shown in
(D) none of these the figure. The velocities of the blocks v1, v2 and v3
are shown in the figure. What is the relationship
4. The velocity of end ‘A’ of rigid rod placed between between v1, v2 and v3?
two smooth vertical walls moves with velocity ‘u’ v1 v2
along vertical direction. Find out the velocity of end 1 2
‘B’ of that rod, rod always remains in constant with
the vertical walls. A
(A) u tan 2 3
'u' v3
(B) u cot 
B
(C) u tan  (A) 2v1 + v2 = v3 (B) v1 + v2 =v3
(D) 2u tan  (C) v1 + 2v2 = v3 (D) None of these

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.38 Theory and Exercise Book

8. The ratio of acceleration of pulley to the 13. According to Newton’s third law action is always
acceleration of the block is (string is inextensible) equal to the reaction, a horse can pull a cart because
(A) 0.5 it applies a...
(A) Force on cart (B) Force on ground
(B) 2
P F (C) Both of than(D) None of these
(C) 1 m

(D) None of these

14. Which of the Newton’s law explain difficultly for a
fireman to hold a hose pipe, which ejects large
Section B - Newton's Law theory Question amounts of water athigh velocity.
(A) Newton’s First law (B) Newton’s Second law
   
9. When force F1 , F2 , F3 .....Fn act on a particle, the (C) Newton’s Third law (D) E = mc2

particle remains in equilibrium. If F1 is now removed
then acceleration of the particle is 15. When a carpet is beaten with a stick, dust comes
out of it. Explains by
 
F1 F1 (A) Newton’s First law (B) Newton’s Second law
(A) (B) 
m m
(C) Newton’s Third law (D) E = mc2
    
F2  F3  ...Fn  F1 F2
(C)  (D) 16. As an inclined plane is made slowly horizontal by
m m
reducing the value of angle  with horizontal. The
component of weight parallel to the plane of a block
10. You are on a friction less horizontal plane. How resting on the inclined plane-
can you get off if no horizontal force is exerted by (A) decreases (B) remains same
pushing against the surface ? (C) increases
(A) by jumping (B) by spitting or sneezing (D) increases if the plane is smooth
(C) by rolling your body on the surface
(D) by running on the plane Section C - Equillibrium Questions (Normal
and Tension), Problems with
Acceleration (F=ma)
11. A particle moves in the xy plane under the action of
a force F such that the value of its linear momentum 17. Two blocks of masses 2.9 kg and 1.9 kg are
(P) at any time t is, Px = 2 cost, Py = 2 sint. The suspended from a rigid support S by two inextensible
angle  between P and F at that time t will be - wires each of length 1 m. The upper wire has
(A) 0º (B) 30º negligible mass and the lower wire has a uniform
mass of 0.2 kg/m. Thewhole system of block, wire
(C) 90º (D) 180º
and support have an upward acceleration of
0.2 m/s2. g=9.8 m/s2. The
12. You fall in the forward direction when a moving tension at the mid-point of
bus apply brakes to stop and fall backward when it lower wire is-
accelerates from rest because of..
(A) 10 N
(A) Newton’s First law (B) Newton’s Second law (B) 20 N
(C) Newton’s Third law (D) E = mc2 (C) 30 N
(D) 50 N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.39

18. The forces acting on an object are shown in the fig. 22. A weight can be hung in any of the following four
If the body moves horizontally at a constant speed ways by string of same type. In which case is the
of 5 m/s, then the values of the forces P and S are, string most likely to break ?
respectively-
(A) 0 N, 0 N
(B) 300 N, 200 N
(C) 300 N, 1000 N (A) W
(B) (C)
(D) 2000 N, 300 N W (D)
W
W
19. A body of mass 5 kg is suspended by the strings
making angles 60º and 30º with the horizontal -
(A) A (B) B
(C) C (D) D

23. An aeroplane, which together with its load has a

mass M =9600kg, is falling with an acceleration of
(a) T1 = 25 N (b) T2 = 25 N a = 5 m/s2 . If a part of the load equal to m kg be
thrown out, the aeroplane will begin to rise with an
(c) T1 = 25 3 N (d) T2 = 25 3 N
acceleration of a = 5 m/s2. Find the value of m?
(A) a, b (B) a, d (A) 6400 (B) 6450
(C) c, d (D) b, c (C) 6600 (D) 6700

20. A mass M is suspended by a rope from a rigid 24. A stretching force of 1000 Newton is applied at one
support at A as shown in figure. Another rope is end of a spring balance and an equal stretching force
tied at the end B, and it is pulled horizontally with a is applied at the other end at the same time. The
force F. If the rope AB makes an angle  with the reading of the balance will be :
vertical in equilibrium, then the tension in the string
(A) 2000 N (B) Zero
AB is :
(C) 1000 N (D) 500 N
(A) F sin  A
(B) F/sin   B
F Section D - Wedge problems
(C) F cos 
(D) F/cos  M 25. Body A is placed on frictionless wedge making an
angle  with the horizon. The horizontal acceleration
21. Three block are connected as shown, on a horizontal towards left to be imparted to the wedge for the body
frictionless table and pulled to the right with a force A to freely fall vertically, is –
T3 = 60 N. If m1 = 10 kg, m2 = 20 kg and m3 = 30 (A) g sin (B) g cos
kg, the tension T2 is-
(C) g tan (D) g cot

26. A trolley is accelerating down an incline of angle 

with acceleration gsin. Which of the following is
(A) 10 N (B) 20 N correct. ( is the constant angle made by the string
with vertical)
(C) 30 N (D) 60 N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.40 Theory and Exercise Book

29. Two wooden blocks are moving on a smooth

horizontal surface such that the mass m remains
 stationary with respect to block of mass M as shown
in
m
gs

 in the figure. The magnitude of force P is :

(A) (M+m)g tan 
P m
 (B) g tan 
M
(C) mg cos 
(A)  =  (B)  = 0º (D) (M+m)g coses 
(C) Tension in the string, T = mg
30. A block of mass m is kept
(D) Tension in the string, T = mg sec 
on a wedge of mass M.
Initially the system is held.
27. A body of mass 1 kg lies on smooth inclined plane. At certain time the sytstem
is released and the wedge
The block of mass m is given force F = 10 N
is observed to move with
horizontally as shown. The magnitude of net normal accelertion A on inclined
reaction on the block is : surface as shown. There is
no friction anywhere. The
m=1kg acceleration of block (m)
with respect to wedge (M)
F=10N will be
(A) A rightward (B) A cos  rightward
45° (C) A cos  leftward (D) none of these

Section E - Pulley Block system

10
(A) 10 2N (B) N 31. Three blocks A, B and C are suspended as shown in
2
the figure. Mass of each blocks A and C is m. If
(C) 10 N (D) none of these system is in equilibrium and mass of B is M, then :
(A) M = 2m
28. In the figure shown ‘P’ is a plate on which a wedge (B) M < 2 m
B is placed and on B a block A of mass m is placed. (C) M > 2m
The plate is suddenly removed and system of B and A B C
(D) M = m
A is allowed to fall under gravity. Neglecting any
force due to air on A and B, the normal force on A
32. Two masses are hanging vertically over
due to B is
frictionless pulley. The acceleration of the two
masses is–
A m m1
(A) m g
2
P
B
m2
(B) m g
1

mg
(A) (B) mg cos  m 2  m1 
cos  (C)  m  m  g
 1 2 

2mg
(C) zero (D)  m1  m 2 
cos  (D)  m  m  g
 2 1 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.41

33. In the given arrangement, n number of equal masses 36. A particle of small mass m is joined to a very heavy
are connected by strings of negligible masses. The body by a light string passing over a light pulley.
tension in the string connected to nth mass is – Both bodies are free to move. The total downward
force in the pulley is
(A) mg (B) 2 mg
(C) 4 mg (D) can not be determined

37. Three equal weights A, B, C of mass 2 kg each are

m Mg m Mg hanging on a string passing over a fixed frictionless
(A) n m  M (B) n m M pulley as shown in the fig. The
tension in the string connecting
m Mg weights B and C is-
(C) mg (D) m N  M (A) zero
(B) 13 Newton
(C) 3.3 Newton
34. In the given figure, pulleys and strings are massless.
(D) 19.6 Newton
For equilibrium of the
system, the value of  is –
Section F - Spring force and spring cutting
(A) 60°
problems
(B) 30°
(C) 90° 38. Two masses of 1 kg and 5 kg are attached to the
ends of a massless string passing over a pulley of
(D) 120°
negligible weight. The pulley itself is attached to a
light spring balance as shown in
35. The pulley arrangements shown in figure are figure. The masses start moving
identical the mass of the rope being negligible. In during this interval; the reading of
case I, the mass m is lifted by attaching a mass 2m spring balance will be:
to the other end of the rope. In case II, the mass m is (A) more than 6 kg
lifted by pulling the other end of the rope with
(B) less than 6 kg
cosntant downward force F = 2mg, where g is
(C) equal to 6 kg 1kg
acceleration due to gravity. The acceleration of mass
(D) none of the above 5kg
in case I is

39. A system consists of two cubes of masses m1 and

m2 respectively connected by a spring of force
constant k. The force (F) that should be applied to
F=2mg the upper cube for which the lower one just lifts
after the force is removed is-
m 2m m
(A) m1g m1
(I) (II)
m1m 2
(A) zero (B) m  m g k
1 2

(B) more than that in case II (C) (m1 + m2) g m2

(C) less than that in case II (D) m2g
(D) equal to that in case II

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.42 Theory and Exercise Book

40. A block of mass 2 kg is hanging with two identical 43. With what acceleration ‘a’ should the box of figure
massless springs as shown in figure. The acceleration moving up so that the block of mass M exerts a
of the block at the moment, the right spring breaks force 7 Mg/4 on the floor of the box?
is (g = 10 m/s2) (A) g/4
(A) 10 m/s2 30º 30º (B) g/2 a
(B) 5 m/s2 (C) 3g/4 M
(C) 25 m/s2 2kg (D) 4g
2
(D) 4 m/s
44. A triangular block of mass M with angle 30º, 60º,
90º rests with its 30º– 90º side on
Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing
a horizontal smooth fixed table. A cubical block of
Machine
mass m rests on the 60º – 30º side of the triangular
41. A lift is going up. The total mass of the lift and the block. What horizontal acceleration a must M have
passenger is 1500 kg. The variation in the speed of relative to the stationary table so that m remains
the lift is as given in the graph. The tension in the stationary with respect to the triangular block
rope pulling the lift at t = 11th sec will be [M = 9 kg, m = 1 kg]
(A) 2.8 m/s2 (B) 5.6 m/s2
(C) 8.4 m/s2 (D) Zero

3.6
speed in m/sec

45. Which of the following statement is absolutely

correct about mass -
(A) More the mass of a body connected with spring
balance more will be elongation in spring balance
(B) More the mass of body kept in one pan of beam
balance more the mass has to be kept on the other
2 10 12 pan to keep beam-horizontal
(C) More the mass of a body, lesser will be its
(A) 17400 N (B) 14700 N acceleration for a given force
(C) 12000 N (D) Zero (D) All

46. In the arrangement shown, the pulleys are fixed and

42. Figure shows a man of mass 50 kg standing on a
ideal, the strings are light, m1 > m2 and S is a spring
light weighting machine kept in a box of mass 30
balance which is itself massless. The reading of S
kg. The box is hanging from a pulley fixed to
(in unit of mass) is
theceiling throught a light rope, the other end of
S
which is held by the man himself.
If the man manages to keep the box
at rest, the weight shown by the
machine is.
m2 m1
(A) 10 N
(B) 100 N 1
(A) m1 – m2 (B)  m1  m2 
(C) 800 N 2

(D) 200 N m1m 2 2m1m 2 g

(C) m  m (D) m  m
1 2 1 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.43

47. A block of mass m resting on a wedge of angle  as 51. If the coefficient of friction between an insect and
shown in the figure. The wedge is given an accel- bowl is  and the radius of the bowl, is r, the
eration a. What is the minimum maximum height to which the insect can crawl in
value of a so that the mass m A
the bowl is :
falls freely ? m
(A) g a
(B) g cos  r

(C) g cot  B C

(D) g tan 

r  1 
48. Find out the reading of the weighing machine in the (A) 2 (B) r 1 – 
following cases.
1  1   2 

(A) 10 3 2k
g
W
2k
g
M M (C) r 1  2 (D) r 1   2 – 1
W
(B) 10 2 30º 30º

(C) 20 3 (D) 30 3 52. A block is placed on a rough floor and a horizontal

force F is applied on it. The force of friction f by the
floor on the block is measured for different values
Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction
of F and a graph is plotted between them -
49. The maximum value of the block m2 for which the (a) The graph is a straight line of slope 45°
system will remain in equilibrium (coefficient of (b) The graph is straight line parallel to the F axis
friction between block m1 and plane surface is ,
(c) The graph is a straight line of slope 45º for small
Pulley are mass less) is : m 1
F and a straight line parallel to the F-axis for largeF.
m1 (d) There is small kink on the graph
(A) 
2 m1
(A) c, d (B) a, d
m (C) a, b (D) a, c
(B) 1
2
(C) m1 (D) 2m1
53. Mark the correct statements about the
50. If the coefficient of friction between A and B is , friction between two bodies -
the maximum horizontal acceleration of the wedge (a) static friction is always greater than the kinetic
A for which B will remain at rest w.r.t the wedge is : friction

 1   (b) coefficient of static friction is always greater

(A)  g (B) g   than the coefficient of kinetic friction
1 
(c) limiting friction is always greater than the kinetic
B
g friction
(C) A
 (d) limiting friction is never less than static friction
a
(A) b, c, d (B) a, b, c
1–   45°
(D) g   (C) a, c, d (D) a, b, d
 1  

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.44 Theory and Exercise Book

54. A body is placed on a rough inclined plane of 58. A wooden block of mass m resting on a rough
inclination . As the angle  is increased from 0º to horizontal table (coefficient of friction = ) is pulled
90º the contact force between the block and the plane by a force F as shown in figure. The acceleration of
the block moving horizontally is :
(A) remains constant
F cos  F
(B) first remains constant then decreases (A)
m
(C) first decreases then increases 
(D) first increases then decreases Fsin  m
(B)
M

55. A block of mass 2kg rests on a rough inclined plane F

(C) (cos    sin ) – g
making an angle of 30º with the horizontal. The m
coefficient of static friction between the block and (D) none
the plane is 0.7. The frictional force on the block is–
(A) 0.7 × 9.8 Newton 59. A cart of mass M has a block of mass m
(B) 9.8 Newton attached to it as shown in figure. The coefficient of
friction between the block and cart is . The
(C) 0.7 × 9.8 3 Newton minimum acceleration of the cart so that the block
m does not fall is ?
(D) 9.8 × 3 Newton
(A) g/
M m
(B) /g
56. A body of mass m moves with a velocity v on a (C) g
surface whose friction coefficient is . If the body (D) Mg/m
covers a distance s then v will be :
60. In the arrangement as shown, block A of mass 3 kg
(A) 2gs (B) gs moves towards left with velocity 10 m/s. Initially
block A is 100 m from pulley on a smooth surface.
(C) gs / 2 (D) 3gs Block B is of mass 2 kg (g = 10m/s2) :
(A) At t = 1 sec, velocity A
of A will be 6 m/s towards
Section I - Direction of friction, Pulley left
Block system on horizontal
(B) A will stop at t = 4.5 sec
plane
(C) Block A will be at a 100 m B
57. A box 'A' is lying on the horizontal floor of the distance 108 m from
compartment of a train running along horizontal rails pulley at t = 5s
from left to right. At time 't', it decelerates. Then the (D) Block A will again be a distance of 100 m from
reaction R by the floor on the box is given best by pulley at t = 10s

R R 61. A body is projected up a 45° rough incline. If the

A A
(A) (B) coefficient of friction is 0.5, then the retardation of
floor floor
the block is
R g g
R
(A) (B)
A A 2 2 2
(C) (D)
floor floor 3g g
(C) (D)
2 2 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.45

62. Mass of upper block and lower block kept over the Section J - Pulley Block system on inclined
table is 2 kg and 1 kg respectively and coefficient of plane
friction between the blocks is 0.1. Table surface is
65. Two masses M1 and M2 are attached to the ends of a
smooth. The maximum mass M for which all the three light string which passes over a massless pulley attached
blocks move with same acceleration is (g = 10 m/s2) - to the top of a double inclined smooth plane of angles
(A) 1 kg of inclination and . The tension in the string is :
(B) 2/3 kg
(C) 1/3 kg
(D) 3/4 kg

M2
M1  fixed

63. A body A of mass 1 kg rests on a smooth surface.
Another body B of mass 0.2 kg is placed over A as
M 2 (sin ) g M1 (sin ) g
shown. The coefficient of static friction between A (A) M  M (B) M1  M 2
1 2
and B is 0.15. B will begin to slide on A, if A is
pulled with a force greater than M1 M 2 (sin   sin ) g
(C) M1  M 2
(A) 1.764 N
(B) 0.1764 N (D) zero
(C) 0.3 N
(D) it will not slide for any F 66. Two masses M1 and M2 are attached to the ends of
a string which passes over a pulley attached to the
top of an inclined plane. The angle of inclination of
64. In the figure shown, blocks A, B and C weigh 3 kg,
the plane is 30° and M1 = 10 kg. M2=5 kg. What is
4 kg and 8 kg respectively. The coefficient of sliding the acceleration of mass M2 ?
friction between any two surfaces is 0.25. A is held (A) 10 m/s2
at rest by a massless rigid rod fixed to the wall while
(B) 5 m/s2
B and C are connected by a string passing round a M1
(C) Zero
frictionless pulley. Find the force needed to drag C
(D) Data insufficient M2
along the horizontal surface to left at constant speed. 

67. Inclined plane is moved towards right with an

A acceleration of 5ms–2 as shown in figure. Find force
B in newton which block of mass 5 kg exerts on the
incline plane. (All surfaces are smooth)
F C
5kg

Assume the arrangement shown in figure is 37º

maintained all through. (g = 10 m/s ) 2 5 m/s2

(A) 50 N (B) 60 N
(A) 75 (B) 80
(C) 55 N (D) 70 N
(C) 85 (D) None of these

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.46 Theory and Exercise Book

68. A block of mass 5 kg resting on a horizontal surface 71. The value(s) of mass m for which the 100 kg block
is connected by a cord, passing over a light does not move upward
frictionless pulley to a hanging block of mass 5 kg. (A) 39 kg
The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and (B) 40 kg
100 m
the surface is 0.5. Tension in the cord is (g = 9.8 m/s2) (C) 83 kg   0.3
A 37°
(A) 49 N 5 kg (D) 85 kg
(B) Zero
(C) 36.75 N 72. For the arrangement shown in the figure
5 kg B
(D) 12.75 the tension in the string is
[Given: tan-1 (0.8) = 39°].
(A) 6 N m=1kg
69. In the arrangement as shown, when mass of block A
is m1 and mass of block B is m2, time taken by m1 to (B) 6.4 N
reach maximum height is 3 times the time taken by (C) 0.4 N 30°
m2 to reach maximum height, when block A is of (D) zero
mass m2 and block B is of mass m1. All ropes and
pulleys are smooth and massless -

Section K - Two Block system, Two Block on

Inclined plane
L
L
A 73. Three blocks A, B and C of equal mass m are placed
on a smooth surface as shown. Coefficient of friction
B
between any block A, B and C is . The maximum
30º value of mass D so the block A, B & C move without
slipping over each other is -
C
(A) The ratio of acceleration in first to second case B
3m
is 2/9. (A)   1 A
(B) The ratio of acceleration in first to second case
is 9. 3m(1  )
(B) 
(C) The ratio of (m1/m2) is (19/11) D

(D) The ratio of (m1/m2) is (4/3)

3m (1  ) 3m
(C)  (D) (1  )

70. Two blocks are connected over a massless pulley as

shown in figure. The mass of block A is 10 kg and
74. Two masses 40 kg and 30 kg connected by a
the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.2. Block A
massless string passing over a frintionless light
sliders down the incline at constant speed. The mass
pulley as shown in the figure. The tension (almost)
of block B in kg is
in the string will be : (All surfaces are frictionless)
(A) 5.4
(A) 188 N
T T
(B) 3.3 kg
30
(B) 368 N 40 m
kg

(C) 4.2 m1 2

30° B (C) 288 N

Fixed
(D) 6.8 (D) 168 N 30° 30°

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.47

75. In the figure (g = 10 m/s2). Acceleration of 2 kg 78. A block of mass 15 kg is resting on a rough inclined
block is : F =18 N
2
plane as shown in figure. The block is tied up by a
(A) 2 m/sec2 1
horizontal string which has a tension of 50 N. The
sm kg 2
2 oo kg coefficient of friction between the surfaces of contact
(B) 4 m/sec th 3k g
F
1 =6 is (g = 10 m/s2)
(C) 6 m/sec2 0
N T
30°
(A) 1/2
(D) 8 m/sec2 m
(B) 2/3
horizontal
(C) 3/4 45º
76. A block placed on a rough inclined plane of
(D) ¼
inclination ( = 30º) can just be pushed upwards by
applying a force “F” as shown. If the angle of
inclination of the inclined plane is increased to ( = 79. Figure shows two blocks in contact sliding down an
60º), the same block can just be prevented from inclined surface of inclination 30º. The friction
sliding down by application of a force of same coefficient between the block of mass 2.0 kg and
magnitude. The coefficient of friction between the the incline is µ1, and that between the block of mass
block and the inclined plane is 4.0 kg and the incline is µ2. Calculate the acceleration
of the 2.0 kg block if µ1 = 0.30 and µ2 = 0.20, Take
3 1 g = 10 m/s2
(A)
3 1 (A) 2 m/s2
F
(B) 2.7 m/s2
2 3 1
(B) (C) 4 m/s2
3 1
(D) 2.4 m/s2
3 1
(C) (D) none of these
3 1 80. Two blocks connected by a massless string slide
down an inclined plane having angle of inclination
37º. The masses of the two blocks are M1 = 4 kg
77. A fixed wedge with both surface inclined at 45° to and M2 = 2 kg respectively and the coefficients of
the horizontal as shown in the figure. A particle P of friction 0.75 and 0.25 respectively –
mass m is held on the smooth plane by a light string
which passes over a smooth pulley A and attached
to a particle Q of mass 3m which rests on the rough
plane. The system is released from rest. Given that
the acceleration of each particle is of magnitude

g
then, the tension
5 2 A
(A) The common acceleration of the two masses is
in the string is : 1.3 ms–2
(A) mg
th

Ro

P Q (b) The tension in the string is 14.7 N

oo

ug

m 3m
Sm

6mg 45° fixed 45° (c) The common acceleration of the two masses is
(B) 2.94 ms–2
5 2
(d) The tension in the string is 5.29 N
mg mg (A) a, d (B) c, d
(C) (D)
2 4
(C) b, d (D) b, c

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.48 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 2 (Level-I) Objective Problems | JEE Main

Section A - String Constrained, Wedge 5. Find the acceleration of C w.r.t. ground.

Constrained
(A) aiˆ – (2a  2b)ˆj
1. The pulleys in the diagram are all smooth and light.
A B
The acceleration of A is a upwards and the (B) aiˆ – (2a  b)ˆj C
a b
acceleration of C is f downwards. The acceleration
of B is (C) aiˆ – (a  2b) ˆj

(A) 1/2 (f – a) up
(D) biˆ – (2a  2b)ˆj
(B) 1/2 (a + f) down
A C
(C) 1/2 (a + f) up
(D) 1/2 (a – f) up 6. Find the acceleration of B..
B
a cos 1
2. If acceleration of A is 2 m/s2 to left and acceleration (A) cos 
2 B
of B is 1 m/s2 to left, then acceleration of C is - A

(A) 1 m/s2 upwards A B

a sin 1
2
(B) 1 m/s downwards (B) cos 
2 a
(C) 2 m/s2 downwards
(D) 2 m/s2 upwards C a cos 2 cos 1
(C) cos  (D) cos 
1 2

3. If block A has a velocity of 0.6 m/s to the right,

determine the velocity of block B.
7. In the arrangement shown, the pulleys and the strings
A are ideal. The acceleration
of block B is
B
(A) g/5 mA
(A) 1.8 m/s in downward direction (B) g/2
(B) 1.8 m/s in upward direction m B
(C) 2g/5
(C) 0.6 m/s in downward direction
(D) 2g/3
(D) 0.6 m/s in upward direction

4. Block B moves to the right with a constant velocity Section B - Newton's Law theory Question
v0. The velocity of body A relative to B is :
8. Blocks A and B have masses 2 kg and 3 kg respec-
v0 tively. The ground is smooth. P is an external force
of 10 N. The force exerted by B on A is-
A B
3kg
2kg
P=10N B
v v A
(A) 0 , towards left (B) 0 , towards right
2 2
(A) Attractive electromagnetic force
3v 0 3v 0 (B) Repulsive electromagnetic force
(C) , towards left (D) , towards right
2 2 (C) Gravitation force (D) None of these

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.49

9. Two blocks are in contact on a frictionless table one Section C - Equillibrium Questions (Normal
has a mass m and the other 2m. A force F is applied and Tension), Problems with
on 2m as shown is Figure. Now the same force F is Acceleration (F=ma)
applied on m. In the two cases respectively the ratio
13. In the figure given below, if all surface are assumed
of force of contact between the two blocks will be-
to be smooth and the force F = 100 N. If acceleration
of block B of mass 20 kg is ‘a’ and tension in string
connecting block A of mass 20 kg is T,then just after
when the force F is applied.
A 3 0o
(A) T = 0 and a = 5m/s2
F B
(B) T = 100 N and a = 0
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 2
(C) T = 200 N and a = 5 m/s2
(C) 1 : 3 (D) 1 : 4
(D) None

10. A man getting down a running bus, falls

14. A sperical ball of mass m = 5 kg rests between two
forward because-
planes which make angles of 30° and 45°
(A) due to inertia of rest, road is left behind and respectively with the horizontal. The system is in
man reaches forward equilibrium. Find the normal forces exerted on the
(B) due to inertia of motion upper part of body ball by each of the planes. The planes are smooth.
continues to be in motion in forward direction while
feet come to rest as soon as they touch the road
(C) he leans forward as a matter of habbit
(D) of the combined effect of all the three factors 45°
stated in (A), (B) and (C)
°
30

11. If the tension in the cable supporting an (A) N45 = 96.59 N, N30 = 136.6 N
elevator is equal to the weight of the elevator, the (B) N30 = 96.59 N, N45 = 136.6 N
elevator may be -
(C) N45 = 136.6 N, N30 = 96.56 N
(a) going up with increasing speed
(D) none of these
(b) going down with increasing speed
(c) going up with uniform speed 15. Objects A and B each of mass m are connected by
(d) going down with uniform speed light inextensible cord. They are constrained to move
on a frictionless ring in a vertical plane as shown in
(A) a, d (B) a, b, c
figure. The objects are released from rest at the
(C) c, d (D) a, b
positions shown. The tension in the cord just after
release will be A
12. When a body is stationary : mg
(A) mg 2 T
(A) there is no force acting on it T
B C
(B) the forces acting on its are not in contact with it mg
(B)
(C) the combination of forces acting on it 2 mg
balance each other
(D) the body is in vaccuum mg mg
(C) (D)
2 4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.50 Theory and Exercise Book

16. Two masses m and M are attached to the strings as 19. Adjoining figure shows a force of 40 N acting at
shown in the figure. If the system is in equilibrium, 30° to the horizontal on a body of mass 5 kg resting
then on a smooth horizontal surface. Assuming that the
acceleration of free-fall is 10 ms–2, which of the
2M following statements A, B, C, D, E is (are) correct?
(A) tan   1 
m 40 N
5 kg 30°
45° M
2m 45°
(B) tan   1  (1) The horizontal force acting on the body is 20 N
M
m (2) The weight of the 5 kg mass acts vertically
2M 2m downwards
(C) cot   1  (D) cot   1  (3) The net vertical force acting on the body is 30 N
m M
(A) 1, 2, 3 (B) 1, 2
(C) 2 only (D) 1 only
17. A flexible chain of weight W hangs between two
fixed points A & B which are at the same horizontal
Section D - Wedge problems
level. The inclination of the chain with the horizontal 20. A block is kept on a frictionless inclined surface
at both the points of support is . What is the tension with angle of inclination ‘a’. The incline is given an
of the chain at the mid point ? acceleration ‘a’ to keep the block stationary. Then a
is equal to
W (A) g
(A) .cos ec  A B
2 (B) g tan 
 
(C) g/tan  a
W (D) g cosec 
(B) .tan  W
2
21. A cylinder rests in a supporting carriage as shown.
W The side AB of carriage makes an angle 30° with
(C) .cot  (D) none
2 the horizontal and side BC is vertical. The carriage
lies on a fixed horizontal surface and is being pulled
towards left with an horizontal acceleration ‘a’. The
18. Which graph shows best the velocity-time graph for magnitude of normal reactions exerted by sides AB
an object launched vertically into the air when air and BC of carriage on the cylinder be NAB and NBC
resistance is given by |D| = bv? The dashed line respectively. Neglect friction everywhere. Then as
shows the velocity graph if there were no air the magnitude of acceleration ‘a’ of the carriage is
resistance. increased, pick up the correct statement:

A C
v v

(A) t (B) t
a 30° B

v v (A) NAB increases and NBC decreases.

t t (B) Both NAB and NBC increases.
(C) (D)
(C) NAB remains constant and NBC increases.
(D) NAB increases and NBC remains constant.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.51

Section E - Pulley Block system

25. A student calculates the acceleration of m1 in figure
22. In the arrangement shown in figure, pulleys are
(m1 – m 2 )g
massless and frictionless and threads are shown as a1 = m1  m 2 . Which assumption is
inextensible. The Block of mass m1 will remain at
rest, if not required to do this calculation.
(A) pulley is frictionless
1 1 1
(A) m  m  m (B) string is massless
1 2 3 m1
(C) pulley is massless
(B) m1 = m2 + m3 m2
(D) string is inextensible
4 1 1
(C) m  m  m
1 2 3
Section F - Spring force and spring cutting
problems
1 2 3
(D) m  m  m m1 m2
3 2 1 m3 26. Two masses of 10 kg and 20 kg respectively are
connected by a massless spring as shown in figure.
23. Two masses m and 2m are connected by a massless A force of 200 N acts on the 20 kg mass at the
string, which passes over a pulley as shown in fig- instant when the 10 kg mass has an acceleration of
ure. The masses are held initially with equal lengths 12 ms–2 towards right, the aceleration of the 20 kg
of the strings on either side of the pulley. Find the mass is :
velocity of 10kg 20kg
masses at the instant 200 N
the lighter mass moves
(A) 2 ms–2 (B) 4 ms–2
up a distance of 15m.
(C) 10 ms–2 (D) 20 ms–2
(g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 8 2m
m
27. Two blocks are connected by a spring. The
(B) 10
30 m combination is suspended, at rest, from a string
(C) 12 Ground
attatched to the ceiling, as shown in the figure. The
(D) 15 string breaks suddenly. Immediately after the string
breaks, what is the initial downward acceleration of
24. In the figure, the blocks A, B and c of mass m each the upper block of mass 2m ?
have acceleration a1. a2 and a3 respectively. F1 and
F2 are external forces of magnitudes 2 mg and mg
respectively.
2m

m
m m m
F1=2mg
A B 2m C F2=mg
(A) 0 (B) 3g/2
(A) a1 = a2 = a3 (B) a1 > a2 > a3 (C) g (D) 2g
(C) a1 = a2, a2 > a3 (D) a1 > a2 , a2 = a3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.52 Theory and Exercise Book

28. What will be the reading (i) a = 0, v = 0

a v
of spring balance in the (A) 600 N (B) 500 N
figure shown in following
(C) 450 N (D) 700 N
situations.
M = 10 kg (ii) a = 0, v = 2m/s
(g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 600 N (B) 500 N
(i) a = 0, v = 0
(C) 450 N (D) 700 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N
(iii) a = 0, v = –2m/s
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
(A) 450 N (B) 500 N
(ii) a = 0, v = 2 m/s
(C) 600 N (D) 700 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N 2
(iv) a = 2m/s , v = 0
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
(A) 600 N (B) 500 N
(iii) a = 0, v = – 2m/s
(C) 450 N (D) 720 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N
(v) a = –2m/s2, v = 0
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
(A) 600 N (B) 480 N
(iv) a = 2 m/s2, v = 0
(C) 450 N (D) 700 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N 2
(vi) a = 2m/s , v = 2m/s
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
(A) 600 N (B) 480 N
(v) a = – 2m/s2, v = 0
(C) 450 N (D) 720 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N 2
(vii) a = 2 m/s , v = –2m/s
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
(A) 600 N (B) 720 N
(vi) a = 2 m/s2, v = 2 m/s
(C) 450 N (D) 700 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N
(viii) a = –2m/s2, v = –2 m/s
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
(A) 600 N (B) 480 N
(vii) a = 2 m/s2, v = –2m/s
(C) 450 N (D) 700 N
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N
30. Two weights of 15 kg each are attached by means
2
(viii) a = – 2 m/s , v = – 2 m/s
of two strings to the two ends of a spring balance,
(A) 100 N (B) 80 N as shown in the diagram. The pulleys are frictionless.
(C) 120 N (D) 150 N The reading of the balance would be-

Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing

Machine

29. A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a weighing

machine placed in a lift moving with velocity 'v' and
acceleration 'a' as shown in 15 kg 15 kg
a v
figure. Calculate the reading
of weighing machine in (A) zero (B) 15 kg
following situation:
(C) 30 kg (D) 75 kg
(g = 10 m/s2) W.M.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.53

31. A body of mass 5 kg is suspended by a spring balance Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction
on an inclined plane as shown in figure. The spring
34. A block of weight 5 N is pushed against a vertical
balance measure
wall by a force 12 N. The coefficient of friction
between the wall and block is 0.6. The magnitude
of the force exerted by the
wall on the block is
m
30° (A) 12 N
12 N
(B) 5 N
(C) 7.2 N
(A) 50 N (B) 25 N
(D) 13 N
(C) 500 N (D) 10 N

35. A body of mass 2 kg is at rest on a horizontal table.

32. The elevator shown in figure is descending with an The coefficient of friction between the body and the
acceleration of 2 ms-2. The mass of the block A = table is 0.3. A force of 5 N is appliedon the body.
0.5 kg. The force exerted by the block A on the block The acceleration of the body is
B is : (A) 0 ms-2 (B) 2.5 ms-2
Take g = 10 m/s2. (C) 5 ms-2 (D) 7.5 ms-2

(A) 2 N
A 36. The coefficient of friction between 4 kg and 5 kg
(B) 4 N 2 ms-2
blocks is 0.2 and between 5 kg block and ground is
(C) 6 N B
0.1 respectively. Choose the correct statements
(D) 8 N
P 4 kg
Q 5 kg F
33. An elevator is accelerating upwards with a
acceleration of 6 m/s2. Inside it a person of mass 50 (A) Minimum force needed to cause system to move
kg is standing on a weighing machine which is kept is 17N
on an inclined plane having angle of inclination 60°. (B) When force is 4N static friction at all surfaces
The reading of the weighing machine is : is 4 N to keep system at rest.
(C) Maximum acceleration of 4 kg block is 2 m/s2
(D) Slipping between 4 kg and 5 kg blocks start
when F is 17 N
2
a=6m/s
37. A body is moving down a long inclined plane of slope
37º. The coefficient of friction between the body and
plane varies as  = 0.3 x, where x is distance travelled
60° Weighing machine down the plane. The body will have maximum speed.

3
(sin 37º = and g = 10 m/s2)
5
(A) 40 kg (B) 160 kg (A) at x = 1.16 m (B) at x = 2m
(C) 80 kg (D) 50 kg (C) at bottom of plane (D) at x = 2.5 m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.54 Theory and Exercise Book

38. In the shown arrangement if f1, f2 and T be the fric- Section I - Direction of friction, Pulley
tional forces on 2 kg block, 3kg block and tension Block system on horizontal
in the string respectively, then their values are: plane
41. Block B of mass 100 kg rests on a rough
1N 8N
2kg 3kg surface of friction coefficient  = 1/3. A rope is tied
to block B as shown in figure. The maximum
=0.1 =0.2
acceleration with which boy A of 25 kg can climbs
(A) 2N, 6N, 3.2 N (B) 2N, 6N, 0N on rope without making block move is
(C) 1N, 6N, 2N 4g
(A)
(D) Data insufficient to calculate the required values 3

g
(B)
39. A board is balanced on a rough horizontal 3
semicircular log. Equilibrium is obtained with the
g 3g
help of addition of a weight to one of the ends of the (C) (D)
2 4
board when the board makes an angle  with the
horizontal. Coefficient of friction between the log
42. Two blocks of masses m1 and m2 are connected with
and the board is
a massless unstretched spring and placed over a
(A) tan  plank moving with an acceleration 'a' as shown in
(B) cos  figure. the coefficient of friction between the blocks
(C) cot  and platform is .
(D) sin  m1 m2
a

40. A force F = t is applied to block A as shown in

(A) spring will be stretched if a > g
figure. The force is applied at t = 0 seconds when
(B) spring will be compressed if a  g
the system was at rest and string is just straight
(C) spring will neither be compressed nor be
without tension. Which of the following graphs gives
stretched for a  g
the friction force between B and horizontal surface
(D) spring will be in its natural length under all
as a function a time 't'.
conditions.
B A
m m
43. A block of mass m lying on a rough horizontal plane
F
is acted upon by a horizontal force P and another
 s  k s  k force Q inclined an at an angle  to the vertical. The
minimum value of coefficient of friction between
the block and the surface for which the block will
f f remain in equilibrium is :
(A) (B) P  Qsin 
t t (A)
mg  Qcos 

P cos   Q
(B)
f f
mg – Qsin 
(C) (D)
t t
P  Qcos  Psin  – Q
(C) (D)
mg  Qsin  mg – Qcos 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.55

44. A truck starting from rest moves with an acceleration

of 5 m/s2 for 1 sec and then moves with constant F 30°

velocity. The velocity w.r.t. ground v/s time graph

for block in truck is (Assume that block does not
fall off the truck)
37°

  0.2
(A) static in nature in the direction up the plane and
have the value 30.2 N.
(B) static in nature in the direction down the plane
and have the value of 30.2 n
(C) kinetic in nature in the direction up the plane
5 m/s 3 m/s and have the v alue 13.5 N.
(A) (B)
(D) None of these
1 sec 1 sec

47. Find the maximum value of (M/m) in the

(C) 5 m/s (D) None of these situation shown in figure so that the system remains
at rest. Friction coefficient of both the contacts is ,
2.5 sec
string is massless and pulley is friction less.

m
Section J - Pulley Block system on inclined M
plane

45. In the arrangement shown in the figure [sin 37° = 3/5] cos  sin 
(A) (B)
sin    cos  sin    cos 

 cos  
kg (C) (D)
10 4kg sin    cos  sin    cos 

37°
48. Two blocks, each having mass M, rest on frictionless
surfaces as shown in the figure. If the pulleys are
(A) direction of force of friction is up the plane light and frictionless, and M on the incline is allowed
(B) the magnitude of force of friction is zero. to move down, then the tension in the string will be
(C) the tension in the string is 20 N.
(D) magnitude of force of friction is 56 N
M
fixed M
46. A block of mass m = 4 kg is placed over a rough
inclined plane as shown in figure. The coefficient of 2 3
friction between the block and the plane is  = 0.5. (A) Mgsin  (B) Mgsin 
3 2
A force F = 10 N is applied on the block at an angle
of 30°. The friction force between the block and Mgsin 
(C) (D) 2 Mg sin 
wedge is 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.56 Theory and Exercise Book

49. Two masses m1 and m2 are connected by light string, (A) 2 m/sec2
which passes over the top of a smooth plane inclined (B) 4 m/sec2
m1
at 30º to the horizontal, so that one mass rests on (C) 6 m/sec2
m2
the plane and the other hangs vertically as shown in (D) 8 m/sec2 30º
fig. It is found that m1, hanging vertically can draw
m2 up the full length of the plane in half the time in 52. Block A of mass 35 kg is resting on a frictionless
which m2 hanging vertically draws m1 up. Find m1/ floor. Another block B of mass 7 kg is resting on it
m2 . Assume pulley to be smooth – as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction
2 between the blocks is 0.5 while kinetic friction is
(A) 0.4. If a force of 100 N is applied to block B, the
3
acceleration of the block A will be (g = 10 m s–2) :
3
(B)
2

4 7
(C) (D)
7 4

50. Two blocks A and B of masses m1 and m2 are con- (A) 0.8 m s–2 (B) 2.4 m s–2
nected by an inextensible string rest on two smooth (C) 0.4 m s –2
(D) 4.4 m s–2
planes inclined at angle  and  as shown. The ten-
sion in string is-
53. Two masses 6 kg and 4 kg are connected by a flexible
inextensible string rest on an inclined plane inclined
B
m2 at 60° with the horizontal as shown in figure. The
coefficient of friction between the plane and the 6

kg mass is 0.1 and that between the plane and the 4
kg mass is 0.6.
m1 A

4kg

6 kg
(A) (m1 sin  – m2 sin) g
(B) (m1 + m2) (sin  – sin )g 60°

m1m 2 g
(C) m  m (sin + sin) Find the tension in the connecting string.
1 2

(A) 2 N (B) 3 N
m1m 2 g
(D) m  m (sin – sin) (C) 5 N (D) 6 N
1 2

54. Block A and B in the figure are connected by a bar of

Section K - Two Block system, Two Block on
negligible weight. Mass of each block is 170 kg and
Inclined plane
A = 0.2 and B = 0.4, where A and B are the
51. A block of mass m1 = 2 kg on a smooth inclined coefficients of limiting friction between blocks and
plane at angle 30º is connected to a second block of plane. Calculate the force developed in the bar (g=10
mass m2 = 3 kg by a cord passing over a frictionless m/sec2):
pulley as shown in figure. The acceleration of each
(A) 150 N (B) 75 N
block is – (Assume g = 10 m/sec2)
(C) 200 N (D) 250 N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.57

Exercise - 2 (Level-II) Multiple Correct | JEE Advanced

Section A - String Constrained, Wedge 3. In the arrangement shown pulley is ideal and string
Constrained is massless. 5 kg block is moving on the smooth
surface. When  is 37º, then acceleration of 5 kg
1. In the figure, the pulley P moves to the right with a
and 10 kg blocks are a1 and a2 while tension in string
constant speed u. The downward speed of A is vA,
is T then :
and the speed of B to the right is vB. Then -
B
(g = 10 m/s2 )
(A) vB = vA P u
(B) vB = u + vA
(C) vB + u = vA
(D) the two blocks have A
accelerations of the same
magnitude 
5 Kg

Section B - Newton's Law theory Question

10 Kg

2. In both the cases block & monkey are at the same

horizontal level. In both the cases monkey climbs
the rope. In case-1 rope remains vertical & in case- (A) 4a1 = 5a2 (B) 5a1 = 4a2
2 rope swings during motion. t1 & t2 are times taken (C) T = 43.86 N(D) T = 58.14 N
by monkeys to reach the pulley in case-1 & case-2
respectively. In both cases, monkey applies the same
force on the rope. 4. A particle is resting on a smooth horizontal floor.
At t = 0, a horizontal force starts acting on it.
Magnitude of the force increases with time according
Case-1 Case-2 to law F = .t, where  is a constant. For the figure
shown which of the following statements is/are
correct?

2
y
1

m m
m m
O x

(A) t1 = t2 (B) t1<t2

(A) Curve 1 shows acceleration against time
(C) In case-2, block reaches the pulley earlier than
(B) Curve 2 shows velocity against time
monkey
(D) In case-1, monkey reaches the pulley earlier than (C) Curve 2 shows velocity against acceleration
block (D) none of these

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.58 Theory and Exercise Book

Section C - Equillibrium Questions (Normal 8. As shown in figure two blocks A and B of mass 1kg
and Tension), Problems with each are connected by an ideal string that passes
Acceleration (F=ma) over a smooth pulley that is fixed on a smooth fixed
wedge as shown. If the ratio of normal reaction on
5. As shown in figure pulley is ideal and strings are
4
massless. If mass m of hanging block is the minimum block A and on block B is then –
3
mass to set the equilibrium of system, then -
(A) m = 2.5 kg 4
(A) cos =
(B) m = 5 kg 5 A B
(C) force applied by 20 =37º 53º
4 
kg block on inclined m
(B) sin =
5
plane is 179 N 20kg
µ=0.5
g
(D) force applied by 20 (C) acceleration of blocks is m/s2
=37º 10
kg block on inclined
plane is 223 N g
(D) acceleration of blocks is m/s2
5

Section D - Wedge problems

9. A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a rough wedge
6. A block of mass 1 kg is at rest relative to a smooth which is fixed on an elevator going upward with
wedge moving leftwards with constant acceleration acceleration 2 ms–2. The block is at rest with respect
a = 5 m/s2. Let N be the normal reaction between to the wedge.
the block and the wedge. Then- (g = 10 m/s2)

(A) N = 5 5 N
1 kg
(B) N = 15 N

1 a
(C) tan  =
2 
(D) tan  = 2
Select the correct alternative (take g=10 ms–2)

7. A wedge of mass m1 and a block of mass m2 are in (A) Normal reaction force on the block is 6 3N
equilibrium as shown. Inclined surface of the wedge (B) Net reaction force acting on the block is 12 N
has an inclination  with the horizontal. Each surface
(C) Net force on the block is zero
is frictionless. The normal reaction on the wedge
may be - (D) Net force on the block is 2 N
(g=10 ms–2)

m2 Section E - Pulley Block system

m1 10. In the system shown in the diagram all surfaces are

  
smooth, pulley and strings are ideal. If a A and a B
are the accelerations of the two blocks, then just
(A) m2g cos  (B) m2 g sin cos  after the system is released from rest, then choose
(C) m1g + m2g cos2  (D) m1g + m2g sin  cos  correct statement(s) :

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.59

  Section F - Spring force and spring cutting

(A) | a A | = | a B |
problems
 
(B) a A  a B
B A 13. In the system shown in the figure m1 > m2. System
(C) Acceleration of A
is held at rest by thread BC. Just after the thread
relative to B is vertically
BC is burnt :
downwards.
(D) Normal force exerted by B on A is zero.

11. Two masses m1 = 4 kg and m2 = 2 kg are connected

with an inextensible, massless string that passes over
a frictionless pulley and through a slit, as shown. spring B m2
k
The string is vertical on both sides and the string on
the left is acted upon by a constant friction force 10 m1 A
N by the slit as it moves. (use g = 10 m/s2) C

(A) Acceleration of mass

(A) acceleration of m2 will be upwards
5
m1 is m/s2, downwards (B) magnitude of acceleration of both blocks will
3 SLIT

(B) Tension in the string is  m1 – m 2 

same throughout be equal to  m  m  g
m1 4 kg 2 kg m2  1 2 

70 (C) acceleration of m1 will be equal to zero

(C) Force exerted by the string on mass m2 is N
3
(D) magnitude of acceleration of two blocks will be
(D) If position of both the masses are interchanged, non-zero and unequal.
then 2 kg mass moves up with an acceleration
10
m /s 2
Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing
3 Machine

14. A lift starts moving down with 20 m/s2. Then which

12. A block A of mass 7 kg is placed on a frictionless of the following is not true ?
table. A thread tied to it passes over a frictionless
pulley and carries a body B of mass 3 kg at the
other end. The acceleration of the system is (given g
= 10 ms–2)

B (A) Acceleration of 5 kg block along incline is 15 m/s2

(B) Normal force is 25 3 and acceleration is

(A) 100 ms –2
(B) 3 ms–2 5 m/s2 along incline
(C) 10 ms–2 (D) 30 ms–2 (C) Normal force is zero
(D) Acceleration of 5 kg is 20 m/s2 downwards

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.60 Theory and Exercise Book

15. Select the correct alternative(s). Section I - Direction of friction, Pulley

(A) A cart moving on a Block system on horizontal
horizontal plane with plane
a constant acceleration
18. A block of mass 2.5 kg is kept on a rough horizontal
g has a mass m attached from its top with a string.
surface. It is found that the block does not slide if a
Then the constant angle formed by the string with
horizontal force less than 15 N is applied to it. Also
the vertical is 45°.
it is if found that it takes 5 second to slide throughout
(B) In the above case instead of string if their is
the first 10 m if a horizontal force of 15 N is applied
spring, then also the constant angle remains the same.
and the block is gently pushed to start the motion.
(C) When the same cart moves over a smooth incline
Taking g = 10 m/s2, then
of angle 45° with constant speed then the constant
angle formed by the string with the line perpendicular (A) s = 0.60 (B) k = 0.52
to the roof of the cart is 45°. (C) k = 0.60 (D) s = 0.52
(D) When the same cart is coming freely down a
smooth incline, constant angle formed by the string
19. The contact force exerted by one body on another
with the line perpendicular to the roof is 0°.
body is equal to the normal force between the bodies.
It can be said that :
16. A particle slides down a smooth inclined plane of
(A) the surface must be frictionless
elevation  fixed in a elevator going up with an
acceleration a0. The base of the inline has a lenght L. (B) the force of friction between the bodies is zero
(A) The acceleration of particle with respect to the (C) the magnitude of normal force equals that of
incline plane is (g + a0) cos  a0 friction
(B) The time taken by the (D) It is possible that the bodies are rough and they
particle to reach the bottom do not slip on each other.
m
1/ 2
 2L 
  . 20. As shown in the figure, M is a man of mass 60 kg
  g  a 0  sin   L standing on a block of mass 40 kg kept on ground.
(C) The acceleration of particle with respect to the The coefficient of friction between the feet of the
incline plane is (g + a0) sin  man and the block is 0.3 and that between B and the
(D) The time taken by the particle to reach the bottom ground is 0.2. If the person pulls the string with 125
2 N force, then –
 2L 
  .
  g  a 0  sin  
M A

Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction B

17. Which of the following is true?

(A) Static friction is always greater than kinetic (A) B will slide on ground
friction (B) A and B will move with acceleration 0.5 m/s2
(B) Friction can not accelerate a body in ground frame (C) the force of friction acting between A and B will
(C) For identical surfaces in contact coefficient of be 40 N
static friction > coefficient of sliding friction
(D) the force of friction acting between A and B
(D) Friction is component of total contact force
will be 180 N
parallel to surface of contact

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.61

21. In the figure, the blocks are of equal mass. The pulley
is fixed. In the position shown, A moves down with
a speed u, and vB = the speed of B. T

T T
P C
T 1kg
B
 3
B 3 A
1kg 4 2kg
4

A u
10
(A) Acceleration of Block C is m/sec2
11
(A) B will never lose contact with the ground
56
(B) The downward acceleration of A is equal in (B) Tension n the string is N
11
magnitude to the horizontal acceleration of B.
10
(C) vB = ucos (D) vB = u/cos  (C) Acceleration of Block B is m/sec2
11

28
Section J - Pulley Block system on inclined (D) Tension n the string is N
11
plane

22. Two blocks A and B of equal mass m are connected

Section K - Two Block system, Two Block on
through a massless string and arranged as shown in
Inclined plane
figure. Friction is absent everywhere. When the
system is released from rest. 24. Two block of masses m1 and m2 are connected
through a massless inextensible string. Block of mass
A m1 is placed at the fixed rigid inclined surface while
the block of mass m2 hanging at the other end of the
string, which is passing through a fixed massless
fixed
30° B frictionless pulley shown in the figure. The
coefficient of static friction between the block and
the inclined plane is 0.8. The system of masses m1
mg and m2 is released from rest.
(A) tension in string is
2
g = 10 m/s
mg
(B) tension in string is
4
.8
m1 = 4 kg 0 m2= 2 kg

(C) acceleration of A is g/2
30° Fixed

3
(D) acceleration of A is g (A) the tension in the string is 20 N after releasing
4
the system
(B) the contact force by the inclined surface on the
23. In the system of connected bodies in the adjoining
block is along normal to the inclined surface
figure. The surface are smooth. Determine the
(C) the magnitude of contacct force by the inclined
acceleration of each body and the tension in the chord
supporting A. surface on the block m1 is 20 3N
(D) none of these

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.62 Theory and Exercise Book

25. A large block A is at rest on a smooth horizontal 26. Two blocks on a rough incline are connected by a
surface . A small block B having a mass half of that light string that passes over a frictionless light pulley
of A is placed over A at one end. B is projected as shown. Assuming m1 > m2 and taking the
along with velocity u. The coefficient of friction coefficient of kinetic friction for each block to be µ
between the blocks is . we get acceleration of the blocks as–
(A) The blocks will reach a common velocity /3.
(B) Work done against friction is 2/3 of the initial
kinetic energy.
(C) Before the blocks reach a common velocity then
m2
2
acceleration of A relative to B is g.
3
m1
(D) Before the blocks reach a common velocity then
3
acceleration of A relative to B is g.
2 [( m1  m 2 ) sin   µ(m1  m 2 ) cos ]g
(A) a = ( m1  m 2 )
for m1

[µ( m1  m 2 ) cos   ( m1  m 2 ) sin ]g

(B) a = (m1  m 2 ) for m2

(C) a = g(sin – µcos) (D) a = g(cos – µsin)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.63

Exercise - 3 | Level-I Subjective | JEE Advanced

Section A - String Constrained, Wedge Section D - Wedge problems

Constrained
5. An inclined plane makes an angle 30º with the
1. If the blocks are horizontal. A groove OA = 5 m cut in the plane makes
moving as shown an angle 30º with OX. A short smooth cylinder
in the figure. is free to slide down the influence of gravity.
Given that a1 = 1 m3 Find the time
metre/sec2 and a2 a3 taken by the
= 4 metre/sec2 er
cylinder to due to ind A
a2 m2 m1 a1 cyl 30°
find value of a3. reach from A to O.
30°
(g = 10 m/s2) x
O
2. In the figure acceleration
of A is 1 m/s2 upward, ac- 6. In the system shown in figure mB = 4 kg, and mA =
celeration of B is 7 m/s2 Q 2 kg. The pulles are massless and friction is absent
upwards and acceleratio of P
C everywhere. The acceleration of block A is ?
C is 2 m/s2 upwards. Find
D
the acceleration of D ? B
A

Section B - Newton's Law theory Question

B
A
3. A 2 kg block is pulled horizontally by F force which 30°
is placed on along smooth horizontal table. It is dis-
placed by 10 metre in 2 seconds. Find the value of F.

Section C - Equillibrium Questions (Normal Section E - Pulley Block system

and Tension), Problems with
7. Figure shows a string passing through two fixed
Acceleration (F=ma)
pulley P 1 and P 3 and a pulley P 2 free to move
4. Three monkeys A, B, and C with masses of 10, 15 vertically. One end of string is attached with ring A.
& 8 kg respectively are climbing up Velocity of pulley P 2 at the instant shown is
& down the rope suspended from (in m/s) -
D. at the instant represented, A is
descending the rope with an
acceleration of 2 m/s2 & C is pulling
himself up with an acceleration of
1.5 m/s2. Monkeys B is climbing up
with a constant speed of 0.8 m/s.
Treat the rope and monkeys as a
complete system & calculate the
tension T in the rope at D.
(g = 10 m/s–2)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.64 Theory and Exercise Book

8. Pulleys are ideal and string are massless. The masses Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing
of blocks are m1 = 4 kg and m2 = 1 kg as shown. If Machine
all surfaces are smooth then the acceleration of m2
11. A block of mass 5 kg is placed on bus moving with
in m/s2 is (g = 10 m/s2)
acceleration 2m/s2. Pseudo force acting on block as
m2 seen by a man on ground is -

12. Find the reading of spring balance as shown in

figure. Assume that mass M is in equilibrium. (All
surfaces are smooth)
m1
2.5
Spring kg
balance
Section F - Spring force and spring cutting
M
problems
37º
9. Same spring is attached with 2 kg, 3 kg and 1 kg
blocks in three different cases as shown in figure. If
x1, x2 and x3 be the extensions in the spring in these
three cases then find the ratio of their extensions. Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction

13. A block of mass 1 kg is just fit in a groove in a

platform kept horizontally. Groove is along + ve
x-axis. The platform is given acceleration

a  2iˆ  3jˆ m/s2. If block is not slipping on plat-
2 kg 3 kg 1 kg
2 kg 2 kg 2 kg form the friction force acting on block (in Newton)
(a) (b) (c)
14. Determine the coefficient of friction (), so that rope
of mass m and length l does not slide down.
10. Three spring balances are attached to the ring as
shown in the figure. There is an angle of 90° between
the balance A and balance B. There is a reading of 5 l/3
N on balance A and 12 N on the balance B and
reading in the balance C is 13 N and angle  is
33.7° x. Find the value of x.

B Section I - Direction of friction, Pulley

Block system on horizontal
90º plane

A 15. A block A of mass 2kg rests on another block B of
mass 8kg which rests on a horizontal floor. The
C coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.2 while
that between B and floor is 0.5. When a horizontal
force F of 25N is applied on the block B, the force
of friction between A and B is _________.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.65

16. A block of mass 2 kg. is lying on a floor. The coef- Section K - Two Block system, Two Block on
ficient of static friction is 0.54. What will be value Inclined plane
of frictional force if the applied force is 2.8 N and g
= 10 m/s2:- 19. Block A has a mass of 30 kg and block B a mass of
15 kg. The coefficients of friction between all
surfaces of contact are S = 0.15 and k = 0.10.
Section J - Pulley Block system on inclined Knowing that  = 30° and that the magnitude of the
plane
force F applied to block A is 250 N. Determine (1)
acceleration of block A. (2) the tension in the rope.
17. Block B, of mass mB = 0.5 kg, rests on block A,
with mass mA = 1.5 kg, which in turn is on a
horizontal tabletop (as shown in figure). The
coefficient of kinetic friction between block A and
the tabletop is k = 0.4 and the coefficient of static
friction between block A and block B is S = 0.6 A
light string attached to block A passes over a A
frictionless, massless pulley and block C is F B
suspended from the other end of the string. What is 
the largest mass mC (in kg) that block C can have so
that blocks A and B still slide together when the
system is released from rest ?
20. In the figure, what should be mass m so that block
B A slide up with a constant velocity.
A

A
C
g
1k m
37º

=0.5

18. In the figure, a bar of mass m is on the smooth

inclined face of the wedge of mass M. the inclination
to the horizontal being q. The wedge is resting on a
smooth horizontal plane. Assuming the pulley P to
be smooth and the string is light and inextensible.
Find the acceleration of M. Assume that M and m
are always in contact.

M


Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.66 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 3 | Level-II Subjective | JEE Advanced

Section A - String Constrained, Wedge 4. Two men of masses m1 and m2 hold on the opposite
Constrained ends of a rope passing over a frictionless pulley.
The mass m1 climbs up the rope with an acceleration
1. In the situation given, all surfaces are frictionless,
of 1.2 m/s2 relative to the rope. The man m2 climbs
Mg up the rope with an acceleration of 2.0 m/s2 relative
pulley is ideal and string is light. If F = , find
2 to the rope. Find the tension in the rope if m1 = 40
the acceleration of both the blocks in vector form. kg and m2 = 60 kg. Also find the time after which
they will be at same horizontal level if they start
F x from rest and are initially separated by 5m.

M M y

2. Pulleys shown in the system of the figure are

massless and friction less. Threads are inextensible.
Mass of block A, B and C are m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 4 kg
and m3 = 2.75 kg, respectively. Calculate
acceleration of A block.

Section D - Wedge problems

D G

5. An ornament for a courtyard at a word’s fair is to

be made up of four identical, frictionless metal
E
sphere, each weighing 2 6 Newton. The spheres
A B C
are to be arranged as shown, with three resting on a
horizontal surface and touching each other; the
fourth is to rest freely on the other three. The
bottom three are kept from separating by spot welds
Section C - Equillibrium Questions (Normal at the points of contact with each other. Allowing
and Tension), Problems with for a factor of satety of 3N, how much tension must
Acceleration (F=ma)
the spot welds with stand.
3. If mass M is 2 kg what is the tension in string AC?
(in N) Answer as multiple of 2.

30º
B
A 60º

C Top View Horizontal View

M

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.67

Section E - Pulley Block system Section G - Pseudo force, Weighing

Machine
6. The diagram shows particles A and B, of masses
0.2 kg and m kg respectively, connected by a light 8. A block of mass m lies on wedge of mass M as
shown in figure. Answer following parts separately.
inextensible string which passes over a fixed smooth
peg. The system is released from rest, with B at a (a) With what minimum acceleration must the wedge
height of 0.25m above the floor. B descends, hitting be moved towards right horizontally so that block
m falls freely.
the floor 0.5s later. All resistances to motion may
be ignored.

m
M

(b) Find the minimum friction coefficient required

A between wedge M and ground so that it does not
B
0.2 kg move while block m slips down on it.
mkg 0.25m

Section H - Static friction, Kinetic friction

(a) Find the acceleration of B as it descends. 9. A car begins to move at time t = 0 and then
(b) Find the tension in the string while B is accelerates along a straight track with a speed given
descending and find also the value of m. by V(t) = 2t2 ms–1 for 0  t  2 After the end of
(c) When B hits the floor it comes to rest acceleration, the car continues to move at a constant
immediately, and the string becomes slack. Find the speed. A small block initially at rest on the floor of
the car begins to slip at t = 1sec. and stops slipping
length of time for which B remains at rest on the
at t = 3sec. Find the coefficient of static and kinetic
ground before being jerked into motion again.
friction between the block and the floor.

Section F - Spring force and spring cutting Section I - Direction of friction, Pulley
problems
Block system on horizontal
plane
7. In figure shown, pulleys are ideal m1 > 2 m2. Initially
the system is in equilibrium and string connecting 10. The masses of the blocks A and B are m and M.
m2 to rigid support below is cut. Find the initial Between A and B there is a constant frictional force
acceleration of m2? F, but B can slide frictionlessly on the horizontal
surface. A is set in motion with velocity v0 while B
is at rest. What is the distance moved by A relative
to B before they move with the same velocity?

v0
m2
A m
m1
B M

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.68 Theory and Exercise Book

11. Two blocks of masses m and M are connected by a

chord passing around a frictionless pulley which is
attached to a rotating frame, which rotates about a
M vB
vertical axis with an angular velocity . If the
coefficient of friction between the two masses and
the surface are 1 and 2, respectively, determine
30°
the value of  at which the block starts sliding
radially (M > m).
(i) Find the speed of the belt in order to have the
 body M to be able to eventually approach a final
zero velocity relative to ground.
(ii) Find the time when body M attain a speed
M
1 ms–1 relative to ground.
m

r1 Section K - Two Block system, Two Block on

r2 Inclined plane

14. A block B is kept on an inclined plane. Another block

A is inserted in a slot in the block B through a light
string. One end of the string is fixed to a support
Section J - Pulley Block system on inclined and other end of the string is attached to A. All the
plane surfaces are smooth. Masses of A and B are same.
The acceleration of block B is found to be 4/n. Find
12. In figure, find the acceleration of m assuming that value of n.
there is friction between m and M, and all other
surface are smooth and pulleys light and m = coef-
ficient of friction between m and M.

B A

m M
37º

D
C
15. If figure, the tension in the rope (rope is light) is

m
13. A conveyor belt is inclined at 30° with the horizontal.

A body of mass M = 1 kg is kept on the conveyor as M
shown in the figure. The friction force between the m
m>M
body and the conveyor belt depends upon the relative  Rough incline
speed of the body with respect to belt as f = 0.4 vrel
N. The belt moves at a constant speed vB up the
conveyor while initially the body has a speed of
2 ms–1 relative to the ground in a direction down the
conveyor. Take g=10 ms–2.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.69

Exercise - 4 | Level-I Previous Year | JEE Main

1. The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination

 is perfectly smooth, while the lower half is rough.
A body starting from rest at the top will again come
to rest at the bottom, if the coefficient of friction for
the lower half is given by [AIEEE 2005]
a
(A) 2 sin  (B) 2 cos 
(C) 2 tan  (D) tan  

2. A smooth block is released at rest on a 45° incline

and then slides a distances d. The time taken to slide g
(A) (B) g cosec 
is n time as much to slide on rough incline than on a tan 
smooth incline. The coefficient of friction is
(C) g (D) g tan 
[AIEEE 2005]

1 1 6. Two identical ladders are arranged as shown in the

(A)  k  1  (B)  k  1  figure. Mass of each ladder is M and length L. The
n2 n2
system is in equilibrium. Find direction and
magnitude of frictional force acting at A or B.
1 1
(C)  s  1  (D)  s  1  [AIEEE 2005]
n2 n2
P

3. A particle of mass 0.3 kg is subjected to a force F =

L
– kx with k = 15 Nm–1. What will be its initial m
acceleration, if it is released from a point 20 cm
A   B
away from the origin ? [AIEEE 2005]
(A) 3 ms–2 (B) 15 ms–2
(C) 5 ms–2 (D) 10 ms–2
7. A block of mass m is connected to another block of
mass M by a spring (massless) of spring constant k.
4. Consider a car moving on a straight road with a The blocks are kept on a smooth horizontal plane.
speed of 100 ms–1. The distance at which car can be Initially the blocks are at rest and the spring is
stopped, is [ k  0.5] . [AIEEE 2005] unstreched. Then a constant force F starts acting on
the block of mass M to pull it. Find the force on the
(A) 800 m (B) 1000 m block of mass m. [AIEEE 2007]
(C) 100 m (D) 400 m
mF ( M  m) F
(A) (B)
M m
5. A block is kept on a frictionless inclined surface
with angle of inclination . The incline is given an
mF MF
acceleration a to keep the block stationary. Then a (C) (D)
(m  M ) (m  M )
is equal to [AIEEE 2005]

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.70 Theory and Exercise Book

8. Two fixed frictionless inclined plane making an angle 11. Given the figure are two blocks A and B of weight
30° and 60° with the vertical are shown in the figure. 20 N and 100 N, respectively. These are being
Two block A and B are placed on the two planes. pressed against a wall by a force F as shown. If the
What is the relative vertical acceleration of A with coefficient of friction between the blocks is 0.1 and
respect to B ? [AIEEE 2010] between block B and the wall is 0.15, the frictional
force applied by the wall on block B is :
[AIEEE 2015]
A

B F
A B

30°
60°

(A) 120 N (B) 150 N

(A) 4.9 ms–2 in horizontal direction
(C) 100 N (D) 80 N
(B) 9.8 ms–2 in vertical direction
(C) Zero
12. A point particle of mass m, moves along the
(D) 4.9 ms–2 in vertical direction
uniformly rough track PQR as shown in the figure.
The coefficient of friction, between the particle and
9. The minimum force required to start pushing a body the rough track equals m The particle is released,
up a rough (frictional coefficient ) inclined plane
from rest, from the point P and it comes to rest at a
is F1 while the minimum force needed to prevent it
point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over the parts,
from sliding down is F2. If the inclined plane makes
an angle  from the horizontal such tan = 2, then PQ and QR, of the track, are equal to each other,
and no energy is lost when particle changes direction
F1
the ratio from PQ to QR.
F2 is [AIEEE 2011]

P
(A) 4 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3

h = 2m
10. A block of mass m is placed on a surface with a

x3 30° R
vertical cross section given by y = . If the Q
6 Horizontal
Surface
coefficient of friction is 0.5, the maximum height
above the ground at which the block can be placed The values of the coefficient of friction m and the
without slipping is : [AIEEE 2014] distance x(=QR), are, respectively close to :

1 1 (A) 0.2 and 3.5 m

(A) m (B) m
3 2
(B) 0.29 and 3.5 m
1 2 (C) 0.29 and 6.5 m
(C) m (D) m
6 3
(D) 0.2 and 6.5 m
[AIEEE 2016]

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.71

13. Two masses m1 = 5 kg and m2 = 10 kg, connected

by an inextensible string over a frictionless pulley,
are moving as shown in the figure. The coefficient
of frictioin of horizontal surface is 0.15. The
minimum weight m that should be put on top of m2
to stop the motion is : [AIEEE 2018]

(A) 10.3 kg
(B) 18.3 kg
(C) 27.3 kg
(D) 43.3 kg

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.72 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 4 | Level-II Previous Year | JEE Advanced

1. Two blocks A and B of equal masses are released 4. A circular disc with a groove along its diameter is
from an inclined plane of inclination 45° at t = 0. placed horizontally. A block of mass 1 kg is placed
Both the blocks are initially at rest. The coefficient as shown. The co-efficient of friction between the
of kientic friction between the block A and the block and all surfaces of groove in contact is  = 2/5.
inclined plane is 0.2 while it is 0.3 for block B. The disc has an acceleration of 25 m/s2. Find the
acceleration of the block with respect to disc.
[JEE 2004] [JEE 2006]
Initially, the block A is 2 a=25m/s2
2m
m behind the block B. A B
When and where their
front faces will come in B
A
line. [Take g = 10m/s2]. 45°
5. Two particles of mass m each are tied at the ends of
a light string of length 2a. The whole system is kept
on a frictionless horizontal surface with the string
2. A block of mass m is at rest under the action of
held tight so that each mass is at a distance ‘a’ from
force F against a wall as shown in fiugre. Which of
the center P (as shown in the figure). Now, the mid-
the following statement is incorrect? [2005, 2M] point of the string is pulled vertically upwards with
a small but constant force F. As a result, the particles
move towards each other on the surfaces. The
magnitude of acceleration, when the separation
between them becomes 2x, is [JEE 2007]
F F
F a
(A) 2m 2
a  x2

F x m
(B) 2m 2 m
P
(A) f = mg (where f is the friction force) a  x2

(B) F = N (where N is the normal force) a a

(C) F will not produce torque F x F a  x2

2

(C) (D)
(D) N' will not produce torque 2m a 2m x

6. STATEMENT-1
3. Two blocks A and B masses 2m and m, respectively, A cloth Covers a table. Some dishes are kept on it.
are connected by a massless and inextensible string. The cloth can be pulled out without dislodging the
The whole system is suspended by a massless spring dishes from the table [JEE 2007]
as shown in the figure. The magnitudes of because
STATEMENT-2
acceleration of A and B, immediately after the string
For every action there is an equal and opposite
is cut, are respectively. [JEE 2006] reaction
(A) g, g (A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True;
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
(B) g, g/2
Statement-1
(C) g/2, g 2m A (B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True;
m B Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for
(D) g/2, g/2
Statement - 1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.73

7. STATEMENT-1
It is easier to pull a heavy object than to push it on
a level ground.
and P

STATEMENT-2
The magnitude of frictional force depends on the 
nature of the two surfaces in contact.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; f
f
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true’ (A)
P2
(B)
P1 P
statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for P1 P2 P

statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
f
(D) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true f
P1 P2
[JEE 2008]
P1 P
(C) P2 P (D)
8. A block of base 10 cm × 10 cm and height 15 cm is
kept on an inclined plane. The coefficient of friction
between them is 3 . The inclination  of this
inclined plane from the horizontal plane is gradually 11. A block is moving on an inclined plane making an
increased from 0º. Then [JEE 2009] angle 45º with horizontal and the coefficient of
(A) at  = 30º, the block will start sliding down the
friciton is . the force required to just push it up the
plane
(B) the block will remain at rest on the plane up to inclined plane is 3 times the force requried to just
certain  and then it will topple prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10,
(C) at  = 60º, the block will start sliding down the then N is [JEE 2011]
plane and continue to do so at higher angles
(D) at  = 60º, the block will start sliding down the plane
and on further increasing , it will topple at certain  12. A small block of mass of 0.1 kg lies on a fixed inclined
plane PQ which makes an angle with the horizontal.
9. A piece of wire is bent in the shape of a parabola A horizontal force of 1 N acts on the block through
y=kx2 (y-axis vertical) with a bead of mass m on it. its center of mass as shown in the figure. The block
The bead can slide on the wire without friction. It remains stationary if (take g = 10 m/s2)
stays at the lowest point of the parabola when the
wire is at rest. The wire is now accelerated parallel [JEE 2012]
to the x-axis with a constant acceleration a. The
distance of the new equilibrium position of the bead,
where the bead can stay at rest with respect to the
wire, from the y-axis is : (JEE 2009)
a a
(A) (B)
gk 2gk
2a a
(C) (D)
gk 4gk (A) = 45o
10. A block of mass m is on an inclined plane of angle (B) > 45o and a frictional force acts on the block
. The coefficient of friction betwen the block and towards P.
the plane is  and tan  > . The block is held (C) > 45o and a frictional force acts on the block
stationary by applying a force P parallel to the plane. towards Q.
The direction of force pointing up the plane is taken (D) < 45o and a frictional force acts on the block
to the positive. As P is varied from P = mg (sin  – towards Q.
 cos  ) to Pz = mg (sin  +  cos ), the frictional
force f versus P graph will look like [JEE 2010]

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.74 Theory and Exercise Book

13. A block of mass m1 = 1 kg another mass m2=2kg 15. A uniform wooden stick of mass 1.6 kg and length 
are placed together (see figure) on an rests in an inclined manner on a smooth, vertical
inclined plane with angle of inclination . Various
wall of height h(<) such that a small portion of the
values of  are given in list I. The coefficient of
static and dinamic friction between the block m2 and stick extends beyond the wall. The reaction force of
the plane are equal to =0.3. In List II expressions the wall on the stick is perpendicular to the stick.
for the friction on block m2 are given. Match the The stick makes an angle of 30° with the wall and
correct expression of the friction in List II with the the bottom of the stick is on a rough floor. The
angles given in List I, and choose the correct option. reaction of the wall on the stick is equal in magnitude
The acceleration due to gravity is denoted by g.
to the reaction of the floor on the stick. The ratio
[JEE ADVANCED 2014]
h/ and the frictional force f at the bottom of the
[v ko' ; d v kd
¡ M+
s: tan(5.5°) 0.1; tan(11.5°)0.2;
stick are (g = 10 ms-2) [JEE ADVANCED 2016]
tan(16.5°) 0.3]
h 3 16 3
(A)  , f= N
 16 3

h 3 16 3
(B)  , f= N
 16 3
List I List II
P.  = 5° 1. m2g sin  h 3 3 8 3
Q.  = 10° 2. (m1+m2) g sin  (C)  , f= N
 16 3
R.  = 15° 3. m2 g cos 
S.  = 20° 4. (m1+m2) g cos q
h 3 3 16 3
(A) P-1, Q-1, R-1, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-2, R-2, S-3 (D)  , f= N
 16 3
(C) P-2, Q-2, R-2, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-2, R-3, S-3

14. In the figure, a ladder of mass m is shown leaning 16. A solid horizontal surface is covered with a thin layer
against a wall. It is in static equilibrium making an of oil. A rectangular block of mass m=0.4kg is at
angle  with the horizontal floor. The coefficient of rest on this surface. An impulse of 1.0 N s is applied
friction between the wall and the ladder is 1 and to the block at time to t = 0 so that it starts moving
that between the floor and the ladder is 2. The along the x-axis with a velocity v(t) = v0e t /  , where
normal reaction of the wall on the ladder is N1 and
v0 is a constant and  = 4 s. The displacement of the
that of the floor is N2. If the ladder is about to slip,
block, in metres, at t =  is...................
then [JEE Advance 2014]
Take e-1 = 0.37 ? [JEE ADVANCED 2018]

(A) 1 = 0 2  0 and N2 tan  mg

2

(B) 1  0 2  0 and N1 tan  mg

2
mg
(C) 1  0 2  0 and N2 
1 1 2

(D) 1  0 2  0 and N1 tan  mg

2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 NLM & FRICTION 2.75

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. B 7. D

8. A 9. B 10. B 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. C

15. A 16. A 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. B 21. C
22. C 23. A 24. C 25. D 26. A 27. A 28. C
29. A 30. B 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. A 35. C
36. C 37. B 38. B 39. C 40. A 41. C 42. B
43. C 44. B 45. C 46. D 47. C 48. A 49. A
50. B 51. B 52. A 53. A 54. B 55. B 56. A
57. C 58. C 59. A 60. A 61. C 62. D 63. A
64. B 65. C 66. C 67. C 68. C 69. C 70. B
71. C 72. D 73. D 74. D 75. A 76. C 77. B
78. A 79. D 80. A

Exercise - 2 (Level-I) Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. C
8. B 9. B 10. B 11. C 12. C 13. A 14. A
15. B 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. C 20. B 21. C
22. C 23. B 24. B 25. C 26. B 27. B
28. (i) A (ii) A (iii) A (iv) C (v) B (vi) C
(vii) C (viii) B
29. (i) A (ii) A (iii) C (iv) D (v) B (vi) D
(vii) B (viii) B
30. B 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. D 35. A 36. C
37. D 38. C 39. A 40. A 41. B 42. D 43. A
44. C 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. C 49. B 50. D
51. B 52. A 53. D 54. A

Exercise - 2 (Level-II) Multiple Correct | JEE Advanced

1. B 2. B,C 3. A,C 4. A,B,C 5. A,C
6. A,C 7. A,B,C 8. A,C 9. A,B,D 10. A,C
11. A,C 12. B 13. AC 14. A,B,D 15. ABCD
16. BC 17. C,D 18. A,B 19. B,D 20. A,B
21. A,D 22. B,D 23. AB 24. A,B,C 25. A,B,D
26. A,B

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
2.76 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 3 | Level-I Subjective | JEE Advanced

1. 6 metre/sec2 2. 10 m/sec2 3. 10 N 4. 332.5 N 5. 2 sec
2
6. 10/3 m/s 7. 4 8. 8
9. x2 > x1 > x3 x1 : x2 : x3 : 15 : 18 : 10 10. 2 11. 0
12. 12 N 13. 2 14. = 2 15. 0 16. 2.8 N

mg sin 
17. 5 18. a = M  2m(1  cos ) 19. mAg sin + F – T – f = mAa (i)

20. 1 kg

Exercise - 3 | Level-II Subjective | JEE Advanced

 g^ g^  g^
1. aA  i  j , aB  i 2. 1 3. 5
4 2 4

4. 556.8 N , 1.47 sec 5. 2N 6. (a) 2 ms–2, (b) 2.4 N 0.3 (c) 0.2 s

 m1  2m 2  m sin  cos 
7.  g 8. (a) a = g cot, (b)  min 
 2m 2  m cos 2   M

1/2
mMv20  g  1m  2M  
9. s = 0.4 , k = 0.3 10. 11.  
2F m  M  Mr2  mr1 

2 5 mg
12. 13. i. 2.5 ms–1 ; ii. 2.5 ln 2 14. 3 15. 0
m  5m  2m

Exercise - 4 | Level-I Previous Year | JEE Main

1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. D

M  m
6. f   g cot  7. C 8. D 9. D
 2 

10. C 11. A 12. B 13. C

Exercise - 4 | Level-II Previous Year | JEE Advanced

1. 11.313 m 2. D 3. B 4. 10 m/s2 5. B
6. B 7. B 8. B 9. B 10. A
11. 10. 5N 12. A,C 13. D 14. C, D 15. D
16. 6.30

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.1

Circular Motion &

Work Power Energy
CHAPTER
3
CIRCULAR MOTION 2. KINEMATICS OF CIR CULAR
MOTION :
2.1 Variables of Motion :
Section A,B - Kinematics of circular
(a) Angular Position :
Motion Centripetal and
tangential Acceleration, Relative The angle made by the position vector with given
Circular Motion line (reference line) is called angular position Circular
motion is a two dimensional motion or motion in a
1. CIRCULAR MOTION plane. Suppose a particle P is moving in a circle of
radius r and centre O. The position of
When a particle moves in a plane such that its
distance from a fixed (or moving) point remains
Y
constant then its motion is called as the circular
motion with respect to that fixed (or moving) point.
P'
That fixed point is called centre and the distance
 P
between fixed point and particle is called radius.
 x
O r

v v v
A the particle P at a given instant may be described by
1
the angle  between OP and OX. This angle  is
2

called the angular position of the particle. As the

B particle moves on the circle its angular position 
change. Suppose the point rotates an angle  in
time t.
The car is moving in a straight line with respect to
the man A. But the man B continuously rotate his (b) Angular Displacement :
d Definition :
face to see the car. So with respect to man A 0
dt Angle rotated by a position vector of the moving
particle in a given time interval with some
d reference line is called its angular displacement.
But with respect to man B 0
dt

Therefore we conclude that with respect to A the Important point :

motion of car is straight line but for man B it has • It is dimensionless and has proper unit SI unit radian
some angular velocity while other units are degree or revolution 2
rad = 360° = 1 rev

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.2 Theory and Exercise Book

• Infinitely small angular displacement is a vector

2 n
quantity but finite angular displacement is not av =
t
because the addition of the small angular
displacement is cummutative while for large is not. If T is the period and ‘f’ the frequency of uniform
    circular motion
d1 + d2 = d2 + d1 but 1 + 2  2 + 1
2 1
• Direction of small angular displacement is decided av = = 2f
T
by right hand thumb rule. When the fingers are
directed along the motion of the point then thumb d
will represent the direction of angular displacement. • If  = a – bt + ct2 then  = = – b + 2ct
dt
• Angular displacement can be different for different
observers
Relation between speed and angular velocity :

(c) Angular Velocity   d

 = lim = dt
(i) Average Angular Velocity t t

The rate of change of angular velocity is called the

Total Angle of Rotation
av = ; angular acceleration (). Thus,
Total time taken
d d2
2 – 1   = dt = 2
dt
av = t – t =
2 1 t
The linear distance PP’ travelled by the particle in
where 1 and 2 are angular position of the particle time t is
at time t1 and t2 respectively.
(ii) Instantaneous Angular Velocity Y
The rate at which the position vector of a particle P'
with respect to the centre rotates, is called as P
instantaneous angular velocity with respect to the 
centre. X
O r

 d
 = lim
t0 t = d t

S
Important points : s = r or lim
t0 t
• It is an axial vector with dimensions [T–1] and SI
unit rad/s.  s d
= r lim
t0  t or  t = r d t or v = r
• For a rigid body as all points will rotate through
same angle in same time, angular velocity is a
Here, v is the linear speed of the particle
characteristic of the body as a whole, e.g., angular
It is only valid for circular motion
velocity of all points of earth about its own axis is
(2/24) rad/hr. 
 v
v = r is a scalar quantity (   )
• If a body makes ‘n’ rotations in ‘t’ seconds then r
angular velocity in radian per second will be

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.3

EXAMPLE 1
(VAB ) 
AB 
If  depends on time t in following way rAB
 = 2t2 + 3 then
here VAB   Relative velocity  to position vector
(a) Find out  average upto 3 sec.
(b)  at 3 sec AB

Total angular displacement f – i Relative velocity of A w.r.t. B perpendicular toline AB

 =
Sol. avg = total time t 2 – t1 Seperation between A and B

f = 2 (3)2 + 3 = 21 rad (VAB )   VA sin 1  VB sin 2

i = 2 (0) + 3 = 3 rad.
rAB  r
21 – 3
So, avg = = 6 rad/sec VA sin 1  VB sin 2
3 AB 
r
d
instantaneous = = 4t
dt
Important points :
at t = 3 sec = 4 × 3 = 12 rad/sec • If two particles are moving on the same circle or
different coplanar concentric circles in same direction
with different uniform angular speed A and B
(d) Relative Angular Velocity respectively, the rate of change of angle between
Angular velocity is defined with respect to the point  

from which the position vector of the moving particle OA and OB is

is drawn Here angular velocity of the particle w.r.t.
d
‘O’ and ‘A’ will be different  B  A
dt
P'

B B
P A A
A O Ref lin
O Initial line O Initial line

d d
PO  ; PA  So the time taken by one to complete one revolution
dt dt
around O w.r.t. the other
Definition :
Relative angular velocity of a particle ‘A’ with respect 2 2 TT
T   1 2
to the other moving particle ‘B’ is the angular velocity rel 2  1 T1  T2
of the position vector of ‘A’ with respect to ‘B’. • If two particles are moving on two different
That means it is the rate at which position vector of concentric circles with different velocities then
‘A’ with respect to ‘B’ rotates at that instant angular velocity of B relative to A as observed by A
will depend on their positions and velocities. consider
VA the case when A and B are closest to each other
A
VB
moving in same direction as shown in figure. In this
r situation

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.4 Theory and Exercise Book

  B
v rel  |v B  v A | v B  v A vB EXAMPLE 3
r
  A Two moving particles P and Q are 10 m apart at a
rrel  | rB  rA | rB  rA vA
rA rB certain instant. The velocity of P is 8 m/s making
(v rel )  v B  v A O 30° with the line joining P and Q and that of Q is 6
so, BA   m/s making 30° with PQ in the figure. Then the
rrel rB  rA
angular velocity of Q with respect to P in rad/s at
(v rel )  = Relative velocity that instant is
6 m/s
perpendicular to position vector (A) 0
(B) 0.1 P 30°
30° 10 m Q
(C) 0.4
EXAMPLE 2 8 m/s
(D) 0.7
Two particles move on a circular path (one just inside
and the other just outside) with angular velocities 
6 m/s
and 5  starting from the same point. Then, which
is incorrect.
P 30°
(a) they cross each other at regular intervals of time Sol. 30° 10 m Q
2 8 m/s
when their angular velocities are oppositely
4
directed Angular velocity of Q relative to
(b) they cross each other at points on the path
Projection of VQP perpendicular to the line PQ
subtending an angle of 60° at the centre if their P=
Separation between P and Q
angular velocities are oppositely directed

 VQ sin 2 – VP sin 1 6sin 30 – (–8sin 30)

(c) they cross at intervals of time if their angular =
3 PQ 10
velocities are oppositely directed = 0.7 rad/s
(d) they cross each other at points on the path
 (D)
subtending 90° at the centre if their angular velocities
are in the same sense
(e) Angular Acceleration  :
Sol. If the angular velocities are oppositely directed, they
meet at intervals of (i) Average Angular Acceleration :
Let 1 and 2 be the instantaneous angular speeds
2 2 
time t =   6  3 at times t1 and t 2 respectively, then the average
rel angular acceleration av is defined as
Angle subtended at the centre by the crossing points
2 – 1 
av = t – t =  t
 2 1
 = t = = 60°
3
(ii) Instantaneous Angular Acceleration :
When their angular velocities are in the same
It is the limit of average angular acceleration as t
direction,
approaches zero, i.e.,
2 2   
t’ =   4   2  and ’ =    d d
rel 2  2  = lim 
t0 t d t

d
Ans. (a)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.5

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ 1. In uniform circular motion, speed (v) of the

Important points : dv
particle is constant, i.e.,  0 . Thus,
• It is also an axial vector with dimension [T–2] and dt
unit rad/s2 at = 0 and a = ar = r2
• If  = 0, circular motion is said to be uniform.
dv
2. In accelerated circular motion, = positive,
d d d 2  dt
• As  = , =  ,
dt dt dt 2
i.e., at is along êt or tangential acceleration of
i.e., second derivative of angular displacement w.r.t 
particle is parallel to velocity v because
time gives angular acceleration.
•  is a axial vector and direction of  is along    dv
v  r eˆ t and a r  eˆ t
dt
if  increases and opposite to  if  decreases
_______________________________________________________________________________________ dv
3. In decelerated circular motion, = negative
(f) Radial and tangential acceleration dt

Acceleration of a particle moving in a circle has two and hence, tangential acceleration is anti-parallel

to velocity v .
components one is along êt (along tangent) and the

other along ê r (or towards centre). Of these the (g) Relation between angular acceleration and
tangential acceleration
first one is the called the tangential acceleration. (at)
we know that
and the other is called radial or centripetal
acceleration (ar). Thus. v = r
Here, v is the linear speed of the particle
dv Differentiating again with respect to time, we have
at  = rate of change of speed
dt
dv d
at = =r or at = r
2 2 dt dt
v v
and a r  2 r  r   
r r
dv
Here, at = is the rate of change of speed (not
Here, at is the component which is responsible for dt
changing the magnitude of speed of the particle in the rate of change of velocity).
circular motion. ar is the component which is
responsible for changing the direction of particle in EXAMPLE 4
circular motion. A particle travels in a circle of radius 20 cm at a
the two component are mutually perpendicular. speed that uniformly increases. If the speed changes
Therefore, net acceleration of the particle will be : from 5.0 m/s to 6.0 m/s in 2.0s, find the angular
acceleration.
2
 dv  Sol. The tangential acceleration is given by
a  a 2r  a t2  (r2 )2   
 dt  v 2 – v1
dv
at = = t –t
dt 2 1
2 2
 v 2   dv 
     v dv
 r   dt  ( Here speed increases uniformly at =  )
t dt
Following three points are important regarding
6.0 – 5.0
the above discussion : = m/s2 = 0.5 m/s2
2.0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.6 Theory and Exercise Book

The angular acceleration is  = at/r EXAMPLE 7

0.5m / s2 A boy whirls a stone in a horizontal circle of radius

= = 2.5 rad/s2 1.5 m and at height 2.0 m above level ground. The
20cm
string breaks, and the stone files off horizontally
EXAMPLE 5 and strikes the ground after traveling a horizontal
distance of 10 m. What is the magnitude of the
A particle moves in a circle of radius 20 cm. Its
cetripetal acceleration of the stone while in circular
linear speed at any time is given by v = 2t where v is
motion ?
in m/s and t is in seconds. Find the radial and
tangential acceleration at t = 3 seconds and hence 2h 22
Sol. t=  = 0.64 s
calculate the total acceleration at this time. g 9.8
Sol. The linear speed at 3 seconds is
10
v = 2 × 3 = 6 m/s v= = 15.63 m/s
t
The radial acceleration at 3 seconds
v 2B
v 2
66 a= = 0.45 m/s2
=  = 180 m/s2 R
r 0.2
The tangential acceleration is given by EXAMPLE 8

dv Find the magnitude of the acceleration of a particle

 2 , because v = 2t. moving in a circle of radius 10 cm with uniform
dt
speed completing the circle in 4 s.
 tangential acceleration is 2 m/s2. Sol. The distance covered in completing the circle is
2 r = 2 × 10 cm. The linear speed is
Net Acceleration = ar 2  at2 = (180)2  (2)2
2   10cm
= 180.01 m/s2 v = 2  r/t = = 5  cm/s.
4s
T-1 Is it possible for a car to move in a circular path in (5cm / s)2
v2
such a way that it has a tangential acceleration but The acceleration is ar = =
r 10cm
no centripetal acceleration ?
= 2.5 2 cm/s2
EXAMPLE 6
EXAMPLE 9
A particle moves in a circle of radius 2.0 cm at a
A particle moves in a circle of radius 20 cm. Its
speed given by v = 4t, where v is in cm/s and t in
linear speed is given by v = 2t where t is in second
seconds.
and v in meter/second. Find the radial and tangential
(a) Find the tangential acceleration at t = 1 s. acceleration at t = 3s.
(b) Find total accleration at t = 1 s. Sol. The linear speed at t = 3s is
Sol. (a) Tangential acceleration v = 2t = 6 m/s
The radial acceleration at t = 3s is
dv d
at = or at = (4t) = 4 cm/s2
dt dt 36m 2 / s2
ar = v2/r = = 180 m/s2
0.20 m
v2 (4)2
ac = = =8 The tangential acceleration is
R 2
dv d(2t)
at = = = 2 m/s2
 a= 2
a a =
t
2
c
2 2
(4)  (8) = 4 5 m / s 2 dt dt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.7

EXAMPLE 10 2 = 02 + 2 ...(3)

Two particles A and B start at the origin O and

travel in opposite directions along the circular path d,  or 
at constant speeds vA = 0.7 m/s and vB = 1.5 m/s,
respectively. Determine the time when they collide
and the magnitude of the acceleration of B just before O
ar
this happens.
r
v o ds
ra
t

These are valid only if angular acceleration is

constant and are analogous to equations of translatory
motion, i.e.,

Sol. 1.5 t + 0.7 t = 2R = 10  1 2

v = u + at ; s = ut + at and v2 = u2 + 2as
2
10
 t= = 14.3 s
2.2

v 2B
a= = 0.45 m/s2
R

Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion

(Centripetal force, Centrifugal
force), Circular Motion in
horizontal plane

3. DYNAMICS OF CIR CULAR

MOTION :
In circular motion or motion along any curved path
Newton’s law is applied in two perpendicular
directions one along the tangent and other
perpendicular to it, i.e., towards centre. The
component of net force towards the centre is called
centripetal force. The component of net force along
the tangent is called tangential force.

dv
tangential force (Ft) = Mat = M = M  r ; where
dt
 is the angular acceleration
(h) Relations among Angular Variables
These relations are also referred as equations of mv 2
centripetal force (Fc) = m 2 r =
rotational motion and are - r
 = 0 + t ...(1)

1 2
 = 0t + t ...(2)
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.8 Theory and Exercise Book

EXAMPLE 11 The acceleration of the block is

A small block of mass 100 g moves with uniform v2 (0.785m / s) 2

speed in a horizontal circular groove, with vertical a= = = 2.5 m/s2
r 0.25
side walls, of radius 25 cm. If the block takes 2.0s
towards the center. The only force in this direction
to complete one round, find the normal contact force
is the normal contact force due to the slide walls.
by the slide wall of the groove.
Thus from Newton’s second law, this force is
Sol. The speed of the block is
N = ma = (0.100 kg) (2.5 m/s2) = 0.25 N
2   (25cm)
v= 2.0s = 0.785 m/s
3.2 Centrifugal Force :

The acceleration of the block is When a body is rotating in a circular path and the
centripetal force vanishes, the body would leave the
v 2 (0.785m / s) 2 circular path. To an observer A who is not sharing
a=  = 2.46 m/s2
r 0.25 the motion along the circular path, the body appears
towards the center. The only force in this direction to fly off tangentially at the point of release. To
is the normal contact force due to the side walls. another observer B, who is sharing the motion along
Thus from Newton’s second law, this force is the circular path (i.e., the observer B is also rotating
N = ma = (0.100 kg) (2.46 m/s2) = 0.246 N with the body which is released, it appears to B, as
if it has been thrown off along the radius away from
the centre by some force. This inertial force is called
3.1 Centripetal Force :
centrifugal force.)
Concepts : This is necessary resultant force towards
Its magnitude is equal to that of the centripetal force
the centre called the centripetal force.
mv 2
mv 2 = . Centrifugal force is a fictitious force which
F= = m2r r
r
has to be applied as a concept only in a rotating
(i) A body moving with constant speed in a frame of reference to apply Newton’s law of motion
circle is not in equilibrium. in that frame)
(ii) It should be remembered that in the absence FBD of ball w.r.t non inertial frame rotating with
of the centripetal force the body will move the ball.
in a straight line with constant speed.
(iii) It is not a new kind of force which acts on

bodies. In fact, any force which is directed
T
towards the centre may provide the
necessary centripetal force. m 2r
mg

EXAMPLE 12
Suppose we are working from a frame of reference
A small block of mass 100 g moves with uniform that is rotating at a constant, angular velocity  with
speed in a horizontal circular groove, with vertical respect to an inertial frame. If we analyse the
side walls, of radius 25 cm. If the block takes 2.0s dynamics of a particle of mass m kept at a distance
to complete one round, find the normal contact force r from the axis of rotation, we have to assume that a
by the slide wall of the groove. force mr2 act radially outward on the particle. Only
Sol. The speed of the block is then we can apply Newton’s laws of motion in the
2   (25cm) rotating frame. This radially outward pseudo force
v= 2.0s = 0.785 m/s is called the centrifugal force.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.9

T-2 A particle of mass m rotates in a circle of radius r 4. SIMPLE PENDULUM

with a uniform angular speed . It is viewed
from a frame rotating about same axis with a EXAMPLE 14
uniform angular speed . The centrifugal force on
A simple pendulum is constructed by attaching a
the particle is
bob of mass m to a string of length L fixed at its
(A) m2r (B) m02r upper end. The bob oscillates in a vertical circle. It
2 is found that the speed of the bob is v when the
   0  string makes an angle  with the vertical. Find the
(C) m   r (D) m0r
 2  tension in the string at this instant.
Sol. The force
: A rod move with  angular
acting on the
velocity then we conclude B bob are
following for point A & B (figure)
in a rod.
A (a) the tension T
A = B sB > sA mgcos
in mg
 (b) the weight mg. mgs
A = B vB > vA
As the bob moves in a vertical circle with centre at
A = B atB > atA O, the radial acceleration is +v2/L towards O. Taking
the components along this radius and applying
EXAMPLE 13 Newton’s second law, we get T – mgcos  = mv2/
L or, T = m(gcos  + v2/L)
Find out the tension T1, T2 is the string as shown in
figure 2
  mv 2 
| Fnet | (mgsin )2   
 L 

2 rad/sec. v4
2 2
T1 T2 = m g sin  
1kg 2kg L2
1m 1m

5. CIRCULAR MOTIO N IN
HORIZONTAL PLANE
A ball of mass m attached to a light and inextensible
 rad/sec. string rotates in a horizontal circle of radius r with
T1 T2 an angular speed  about the vertical. If we draw
m1 m2
the force diagram of the ball.

We know that m1  m 2


 T1 = m12R1 + T2

T2 = m 2 R2 T T cos 

T2 = 2 × 4 × 2 = 16 N
m 2 r
So T1 = (1) (2)2 (1) + 16 N = 4 + 16 N T sin
T1 = 20 N mg
FBD of ball w.r.t ground

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.10 Theory and Exercise Book

We can easily see that the component of tension

r g mgL
force along the centre gives the centripetal force Using (i), v = and T =
(L – r 2 )1/ 4
2
(L – r 2 )1/ 2
2
and component of tension along vertical balances
the gravitation force. Such a system is called a
conical pendulum.

EXAMPLE 15
A particle of mass m is suspended from a ceiling
through a string of length L. The particle moves in
Section D - Circular Turning on Roads, Well of
death and cycle on curved path
a horizontal circle of radius r. Find (a) the speed of
the particle and (b) the tension in the string.
6. MOTION OF A MOTORCYCLIST
Sol. The situation is shown in figure. ON A CURVED PATH.
The angle  made by the string with the vertical is A cylist having mass m move with constant speed
given by v on a curved path as shown in figure.
sin = r/L ... (i)
B

D
A
C E
T 
L We divide the motion of cyclist in four parts :
(A) from A to B (B) from B to C
r
(C) from C to D (D) from D to E

mg
(1 and 3 are same type of motion)

(A) Motion of cyclist from A to B

The forces on the particle are
mv 2
(a) the tension T along the string and N = mg cos 
R
(b) the weight mg vertically downward.
The particle is moving in a circle with a constant mv 2
 N = mg cos – ...(1)
speed v. Thus, the radial acceleration towards the R
centre has magnitude v2/r. Resolving the forces mv 2
N+
along the radial direction and applying. Newton’s R
f B
second law,
Tsin  = m(v2/r) ...(ii) 
os
As there is no acceleration in vertical directions, mgsin  gc
m
we have from Newton’s law, 
A mg
Tcos = mg ...(iii)
Dividing (ii) by (iii), f = mg sin  ...(2)

v2 (1) As cyclist move upward

tan = or v = rg tan    decreases & cos  increases
rg
 N increases
mg
And from (iii), T =
cos 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.11

and EXAMPLE 16
  decreases sin  decreases A hemispherical bowl of radius R is rotating about
 friction force required to balance mg sin  (As its axis of symmetry which is kept vertical. A small
cyclist is moving with constant speed) also ball kept in the bowl rotates with the bowl without
decreases slipping on its surface. If the surface of the bowl is
smooth and the angle made by the radius through
(B) Motion of cyclist from B to C the ball with the vertical is . Find the angular speed
at which the bowl is rotating.
mv 2 Sol. Let  be the angular speed of rotation of the bowl.
N  mg cos 
R
Two force are acting on the ball.
mv 2 1. normal reaction N 2. weight mg
 N = mg cos –
R The ball is rotating in a circle of radius r (= R sin ) with
...(1) 

B mv2
N R 
f R N
r A
mgcos 
mgsin mg
mg C centre at A at an angular speed . Thus,
N sin  = mr2 = mR2 sin 
f = mg sin ...(2) N = mR2 ...(i)
Therefore from B to C Normal force decrease but and N cos  = mg ...(ii)
friction force increase becuse  increases. Dividing Eqs. (i) by (ii),

1 2 R g
(C) Motion of cyclist from D to E we get   =
cos  g R cos 
mv 2
N  mg cos  f = mg sin 
R
EXAMPLE 17
from D to E  decreases
If friction is present between the surface of ball and
bowl then find out the range of  for which ball
D
does not slip (is the friction coefficient)
f
Friction develop a range of  for which the particle
will be at rest.
mv2
E Sol. (a) When  > 0
R
mg In this situation ball has a tendency to slip upwards
so the friction force will act downwards. So F.B.D
therefore mg cos  increase of ball
So N increase but f decreases N = m2r sin  + mg cos .

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.12 Theory and Exercise Book

fmax = N = (mg cos  + m2r sin)

for equillibrium
  (g cos  + 2r sin )  (gsin – 2 r cos )
N  Substituting r = Rsin
 m r then
m2r
 g(sin  –  cos )

R sin ( sin   cos )
f
mg

7. CIRCULAR TURNING ON ROADS :

f + mg sin  = m2r cos  ...(2)
When vehicles go through turnings, they travel along
 fmax = N = (m2r sin  + mg cos)
a nearly circular arc. There must be some force
r = R sin 
which will produce the required centripetal
Substituting the values of fmax & r in eq. (2) we get
acceleration. If the vehicles travel in a horizontal
  (m2r sin  + mg cos)  m2r cos –mg
sin  circular path, this resultant force is also horizontal.

 (m2R sin 2 + mg cos )  m2 R sin cos The necessary centripetal force is being provided to

– mg sin  the vehicles by following three ways.

1. By Friction only
gcos   gsin 
 2. By Banking of Roads only
R sin (cos  –  sin )
3. By Friction and Banking of Roads both.
In real life the necessary centripetal force is provided
(b) when < 0
by friction and banking of roads both. Now let us
In this situation ball has a tendency to slip downwards
write equations of motion in each of the three cases
so the friction force will act upwards. So F.B.D of ball
separately and see what are the constant in each case.

 7.1 By Friction Only

f
N Suppose a car of mass m is moving at a speed v in a
 m
horizontal circular arc of radius r. In this case, the
2
m r
r necessary centripetal force to the car will be provided

by force of friction f acting towards center

mg mv 2
Thus, f 
r
 f + m2r cos  = mg sin 
Further, limiting value of f is N
f = m (g sin – 2r cos ) ...(1)
or fL = N = mg (N = mg)
N = mg cos  + m2r sin  ...(2)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.13

The direction of second force i.e., normal reaction

mv 2
Therefore, for a safe turn without sliding  fL N is also fixed (perpendicular or road) while the
r
direction of the third i.e., friction f can be either
inwards or outwards while its magnitude can be
mv 2 v2
or  mg or  or v  rg varied upto a maximum limit (fL = N). So the
r rg
magnitude of normal reaction N and directions plus
Here, two situations may arise. If  and r are known magnitude of friction f are so adjusted that the
to us, the speed of the vehicle should not exceed resultant of the three forces mentioned above is

rg and if v and r are known to us, the coefficient mv 2

towards the center. Of these m and r are also
r
v2
of friction should be greater than . constant. Therefore, magnitude of N and directions
rg
plus magnitude of friction mainly depends on the
7.2 By Banking of Roads Only speed of the vehicle v. Thus, situation varies from
Friction is not always reliable at circular turns if high problem to problem. Even though we can see that :
speeds and sharp turns are involved to avoid (i) Friction f will be outwards if the vehicle is at rest
dependence on friction, the roads are banked at the v = 0. Because in that case the component weight
turn so that the outer part of the road is some what mg sin is balanced by f.
lifted compared to the inner part. (ii) Friction f will be inwards if
Applying Newton’s second law along the radius
v> rg tan 
and the first law in the vertical direction.
N (iii) Friction f will be outwards if
mv 2
Nsin =
r v< rg tan  and

or N cos   mg (iv) Friction f will be zero if

from these two equations,  v= rg tan 

we get
W (v) For maximum safe speed (figure (ii)
2
v
tan = or v= rg tan  mv 2
rg N sin + f cos = ...(i)
r
N cos – f sin = mg ...(ii)
7.3 By Friction and Banking of Road Both As maximum value of friction
If a vehicle is moving on a circular road which is f = N
rough and banked also, then three forces may act
on the vehicle, of these force, the first force, i.e., sin    cos  v2
 =
weight (mg) is fixed both in magnitude and direction. cos  –  sin  rg

N rg(  tan )
 vmax =
 (1 –  tan )
y

f
mg rg( – tan )
 Similarly ; vmin =
x (1   tan )
Figure (ii)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.14 Theory and Exercise Book

v2
: • The expression tan  = also gives the angle
rg B
Mv2 
of banking for an aircraft, i.e., the angle through
r
which it should tilt while negotiating a curve, to C
avoid deviation from the circular path. 
N Mg
v2
• The expression tan  = also gives the angle 
rg
at which a cyclist should lean inward, when A f D
rounding a corner. In this case,  is the angle (b)
which the cyclist must make with the vertical to
negotiate a safe turn.
Let us choose O as the origin, OC as the X-axis
8. DEATH WELL : and vertically upward as the Z-axis. This frame is

A motor cyclist is driving in a horizontal circle on v

rotating at an angular speed  = about the Z-
the inner surface of vertical cyclinder of radius R. r
Friction coefficient between tyres of motorcyclist axis. In this frame the system is at rest. Since we
and surface of cylinder is . Find out the minimum are working from a rotating frame of reference,
velocity for which the motorcyclist can do this. v is we will have to apply a centrifugal force on each
the speed of motor cyclist and m is his mass. particle. The net centrifugal force on the system
will be M2r = Mv2/r, where M is the total mass of
mv 2
N= f the system. This force will act through the centre
R mv 2 N
R
of mass. Since the system is at rest in this frame,
f = mg no other pseudo force is needed.
mg
2
Figure in shows the forces. The cycle is bent at an
mv
fmax = angle  with the vertical. The forces are
R
(i) weight Mg, (ii) normal force N
Cyclist does not drop down when
Mv 2
mv 2 (iii) friction f and (iv) centrifugal force
fmax  mg   mg r
R
In the frame considered, the system is at rest. Thus,
the total external force and the total external torque
gR
v must be zero. Let us consider the torques of all the

forces about the point A. The torques of N and f
about A are zero because these forces pass through
9. MOTION OF A CYCLIST ON A A. The torque of Mg about A is Mg(AD) in the
CIRCULAR PATH : Mv 2 Mv 2
clockwise direction and that of is (CD)
Suppose a cyclist is going at a speed v on a circular r r
horizontal road of radius r which is not banked. in the anticlockwise direction. For rotational
Consider the cycle and the rider together as the system. equilibrium,
The centre of mass C (figure shown) of the system is
going in a circle with the centre at O and radius r. Mv 2
Mg(AD) = (CD)
r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.15

resolve the forces North

AD v 2
or,  along and f
CD rg N
perpendicular to the
C mr 2
2
line joining the centre mg
v 
or, tan = ...(10.9) of earth then O R
rg 2
N + mr cos = mg
 N = mg – mr2cos South
 v2 
–1
Thus, the cyclist bends at an angle tan   with  N = mg – mR cos 2 2
 rg 
the vertical.
EXAMPLE 18

T.3 A car driver going at a speed of v suddenly finds a A body weighs 98N on a spring balance at the north
wide wall at a distance r. Should he apply breaks or pole. What will be its weight recorded on the same
turn the car in a circle of radius r to avoid hitting the scale if it is shifted to the equator ? Use g = GM/R2
wall ? = 9.8 m/s2 and the radius of the earth R = 6400 km.
Sol. At poles, the apparent weight is same as the true
weight.
10. EFFECT OF EARTHS ROTATION
ON APPARENT WEIGHT : N Thus, 98N = mg = m(9.8 m/s2)

The earth rotates about its axis At the equator, the apparent weight is
at an angular speed of one C P mg’ = mg – m2R
revolution per 24 hours. The  M The radius of the earth is 6400 km and the angular
O R
line joining the north and the speed is
south poles is the axis of
S 2  rad
rotation. =
24  60  60s
Every point on the earth moves in a circle. A point
at equator moves in a circle of radius equal to the = 7.27 × 10–6 rad/s
radius of the earth and the centre of the circle is mg’ = 98N – (10 kg) (7.27 × 10–5 s–1)2 (6400 km)
same as the centre of the earth. For any other point = 97.66 N
on the earth, the circle of rotation is smaller than
this. Consider a place point on the earth (figure.) SOME SOLVED EXAMPLES
Drop a perpendicular PC from P to the axis SN.
EXAMPLE 1
The place P rotates in a circle with the centre at C.
The radius of this circle is CP. The angle between Two blocks each of mass M are connected to the
the line OM and the radius OP through P is called ends of a light frame as shown in figure. The frame
the latitude of the place point. We have CP = OP is rotated about the vertical line of symetry. The
cos or, r = R cos where R is the radius of the rod breaks if the tension in it exceeds T0. Find the
earth. maximum frequency with which the frame may be
If we calculate work from the frame of reference of rotated without breaking the rod.
the earth, we shall have to assume the existence of
pseudo force. In Particular, a centrifugal force m2r M M
has to be assumed on any particle of mass m placed
at P. If we consider a block of mass m at point P
then this block is at rest with respect to earth. If


Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.16 Theory and Exercise Book

Sol. Consider one of the blocks. If the frequency of

mv 2
revolution is f, the angular velocity is  = 2f. The (a) At the top of the circle, T = –mg
r
acceleration towards the centre is 2 = 4 2 f2  .
The only horizontal force on the block is the tension = mr2 – mg = m (r2 – g)
of the rod. At the point of breaking, this force is T0. = 0.4 (1.2 × 12.56 × 12.56 – 9.8) N = 71.2 N
So from Newton’s law, (b) At the lowest point, T = m(r2 + g) = 80 N
1/ 2
1  T0 
2 2
T0 = M.4  f l or, f
2   M  EXAMPLE 4
A metal ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a
smooth horizontal table and is set rotating about its
EXAMPLE 2 own axis in such a way that each part of ring moves
Prove that a motor car moving over a convex bridge with velocity v. Find the tension in the ring.
is lighter than the same car resting on the same bridge. Sol. Consider a small part ACB of the ring that subtends
Sol. The motion of the motor car over a convex bridge an angle  at the centre as shown in figure.
AB is the motion along the segment of a circle AB
Let the tension in the ring be T.
(figure);
The forces on this elementary portion ACB are
R (i) tension T by the part of the ring left to A

T
A mg B

A
2
O C

The centripetal force is provided by the difference 2 B
of weight mg of the car and the normal reaction R
T
of the bridge.

mv 2 mv 2 (ii) tension T by the part of the ring to B

 mg  R  or R  mg 
r r (iii) weight (m) g

Clearly R < mg, i.e., the weight of the moving car is (iv) nomal force N by the table.
less than the weight of the stationary car. As the elementary portion ACB moves in a circle of
radius R at constant speed v its acceleration towards
EXAMPLE 3
( m)v 2
centre is .
A body weighing 0.4 kg is whirled in a vertical circle R
with a string making 2 revolutions per second. If the
Resolving the force along the radius CO
radius of the circle is 1.2m. Find the tension (a) at
the top of the circle, (b) at the bottom of the circle.      
Give : g = 10 m s–2 and  = 3.14 T cos  90 –  + T cos  90 – 
 2   2 
Sol. Mass, m = 0.4 kg ;
v2
1 = m ...(i)
time period = second, radius, r = 1.2 m R
2
 v2
2 2Tsin = m ...(ii)
Angular velocity,  = = 4 rad s–1 = 12.56 rad s–1 2 R
1/ 2
Length of the part ACB = R. The mass per unit

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.17

m mv 2 mv 2
length of the ring is = = ...(ii)
2 R BP 3L
Rm m v2
 mass of this portion ACB, m = = 2 A
2 R 2 3Lg 4L
60°
T1
Putting this value of m in (ii), 4L ring
v= 6Lg P
2
 mv T2
2Tsin =
2 2 R mg 5 4L mg
From (i) T = = mg B
4/5 4
  
In the second case, ABP is an equilateral triangle.
mv 2  2

  T1cos60° = mg + T2 cos60°
 T = 2 R     
sin
  2 
   mg
T1 – T2 = = 2mg ...(iii)
cos 60
  
 sin 2  mv 2 9mgL
T1sin60° + T2sin60° = =
Since  is small So    is equal to 1, r 4L sin 60
 
 2 
9mg
T1 + T2 = = 3 mg ...(iv)
mv 2 4sin 2 60
T=
2 R Solving equation (iii) and (iv)

5 1
T1 = mg ; T2 = mg
EXAMPLE 5 2 2
A small smooth ring of mass m is threaded on a light
inextensible string of length 8L which has its ends
fixed at points in the same vertical line at a distance EXAMPLE 6
4L apart. The ring describes horizontal circles at A large mass M and a small mass m hang at the
constant speed with both parts of the string taut and two ends of the string that passes through a smooth
with the lower portion of the string horizontal. Find tube as shown in Figure. The mass m moves around
the speed of the ring and the tension in the string. in a circular path, which lies in the horizontal plane.
The ring is then tied at the midpoint of the string and The length of the string from the mass m to the top
made to perform horizontal circles at constant speed of the tube is  and  is the angle this length makes
of 3 gL . Find the tension in each part of the string. with vertical. What should be the frequency of
rotation of mass m so that M remains stationary ?
Sol. When the string passes through the ring, the tension
in the string is the same in both parts. Also from
geometry
BP = 3L and AP = 5L Horizontal  l
A plane
4 T Tcos
T cos = T = mg ...(i)
5  Tsin m
5L
 3 4L Sol.
T + T sin  = T  1   mg
 5
3L ring
B P M
8 T
= T mg Mg
5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.18 Theory and Exercise Book

The forces acting on mass m and M are shown in in the vertical direction
Figure. When mass M is stationary T1cos = T2cos + mg
T = Mg ..(i) (T1 – T2) cos  = mg
where T is tension in string.
1 4  OA 1 
For the smaller mass, the vertical component of cos  = =  cos   
tension T cos  balances mg and the horizontal 1.25 5  AP 1.25 
component T sin  supplies the necessary centripetal
force. A
T cos = mg ...(ii)

T sin  = mr2 ...(iii) T1 T1cos
 being the angular velocity and r is the radius of
O m
horizontal circular path. P
Form (i) and (iii), Mg sin  = mr2 T2 cos

T2 mg
Mgsin  Mgsin  Mg
= = =
mr m sin  m

1 1 
Frequency of rotation = = = mg 5mg 5
T 2  /  2  T1 – T2 = = = × 4 × 9.8 = 49 N
cos  4 4
1 Mg Given T1 = 60 N
 Frequency =
2  ml T2 = T1 – 49 = 60 N – 49 N = 11 N
The net horizontal force (T1sin + T2sin) provides
the necessary centripetal force m2r.
EXAMPLE 7
 (T1 + T2) sin  = m2r
The 4 kg block in the figure is attached to the vertical
rod by means of two strings. When the system (T1  T2 ) sin 
rotates about the axis of the rod, the two strings are  2 =
mr
extended as indicated in Figure. How many
revolutions per minute must the system make in order 2 2 3
sin  = 1 – cos   1 – (4 / 5) 
that the tension in upper string is 60 N. What is 5
tension in the lower string ?
r = OP = 1.252 – 12 = 0.75

3
A (60  11)
 =2 5 = 0.75
1.25 m 4  0.75
P
O  = 14.2 = 3.768 rad/s
2m
4 kg
 3.768
1.25 m Frequency of revolution = = = 0.6
2 2  3.14
rev/s or 36 rev/min
B

Sol. The forces acting on block P of mass 4 kg are shown

in the Figure. If  is the angle made by strings with
vertical, T1 and T2 tensions in strings for equilibrium

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.19

Example : The tension in the string of a simple pendulum is

WORK, POWER & ENERGY always perpendicular to displacement. (Figure)

Section A - Work done by constant force, So, work done by the tension is zero.
Work done by variable force,
(B) If the angle between force and displacement is acute
Area under Graph
( < 90°), we say that the work done by the force is
1. WORK : positive.
Work is said to be done by a force when the force Example : When a load is lifted, the lifting force and the
produces a displacement in the body on which it displacement act in the same direction. So, work
acts in any direction except perpendicular to the done by the lifting force is positive.
direction of the force. Example : When a spring is stretched, both the stretching
force and the displacement act in the same direction.
1.1 Work done by constant force So work done by the stetching force is positive.
Consider an object undergoes a displacement S along
a straight line while acted on a force F that makes
(C) If the angle between force and displacement is obtuse
an angle  with S as shown.
( > 90°), we say that the work done by the force is
The work done W by the agent is the product of the negative.
component of force in the direction of displacement
Example : When a body is lifted, the work done by the
and the magnitude of displacement.
gravitational force is negative. This is because the
i.e., W = FS cos  ...(1) gravitational force acts vertically downwards while
the displacement is in the vertically upwards
F direction.
__________________________________________________________________________________
Important points about work :
S 1. Work is said to be done by a force when its point of
application moves by some distance.Force does no
Work done is a scalar quantity and its S.I. unit is N- work if point of application of force does not move
m or joule (J). We can also write work done as a (S = 0)
scalar product of force and displacement. Example : A person carrying a load on his head and standing
 at a given place does no work.
W  F.S ...(2)
where S is the displacement of the point of application
of the force. 2. Work is defined for an interval or displacement. There
From this definition, we conclude the following is no term like instantaneous work similar to
points instantaneous velocity.

(A) work done by a force is zero if displacement is

perpendicular to the force ( = 90°) frictionless 2kg 10 N
2m

=0.2
 2kg 10 N
T
2m

S
Work done by 10 N force in both the cases are
same = 20 N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.20 Theory and Exercise Book

3. For a particular displacement, work done by a force

3. W OR K DO NE BY MULTIP LE
is independent of type of motion i.e. whether it
moves with constant velocity, constant acceleration
FORCES :
or retardation etc. If several forces act on a particle, then we can replace
   
4. If a body is in dynamic equilibrium under the action F in equation W = F . S by the net force  F where
of certain forces, then total work done on the body    
is zero but work done by individual forces may not  F  F1  F2  F3  ......
 
be zero.  W =   F . S ...(i)
5. When several forces act, work done by a force for This gives the work done by the net force during a
a particular displacement is independent of other 
displacement S of the particle.
forces.
We can rewrite equation (i) as :
6. A force is independent of reference frame. Its
     
displacement depends on frame so work done by a W = F1.S  F2 .S  F3 .S  .....
force is frame dependent therefore work done by a
or W = W1 + W2 + W3 + .........
force can be different in different reference frame.
So, the work done on the particle is the sum of the
________________________________________________________________________________________
individual work done by all the forces acting on the particle.

2. UNITS OF WORK :
In cgs system, the unit of work is erg. EXAMPLE 1

One erg of work is said to be done when a force of A block of mass M is pulled along a horizontal
one dyne displaces a body through one centimetre surface by applying a force at an angle  with
in its own direction. horizontal. Coefficient of friction between block and
surface is . If the block travels with uniform
 1 erg = 1 dyne × 1 cm = 1 g cm s–2 × 1 cm
velocity, find the work done by this applied force
= 1 g cm2 s–2 during a displacement d of the block.
Note : Another name for joule is newton metre. Sol. The forces acting on the block are shown in Figure.
Relation between joule and erg As the block moves with uniform velocity the
resultant force on it is zero.
1 joule = 1 newton × 1 metre
 F cos  = N ...(i)
1 joule = 105 dyne × 102 cm = 107 dyne cm
F sin  + N = Mg ...(ii)
1 joule = 107 erg
Eliminating N from equations (i) and (ii),
1 erg = 10–7 joule
F cos  = (Mg – Fsin )
Dimensions of Work : Mg
F
cos    sin 
[Work] = [Force] [Distance] = [MLT–2] [L] =
[ML2T–2] N
F
Work has one dimension in mass, two dimensions in
length and ‘–2’ dimensions in time, On the basis of M
dimensional formula, the unit of work is kg m2 s–2.
Note that 1 kg m2 s–2 = (1 kg m s–2) m = 1 N m = 1 J. Mg

Work done by this force during a displacement d

Mgd cos 
W = F . d cos  =
cos    sin 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.21

EXAMPLE 2
f v
A particle moving in the xy plane undergoes a  

displacement S  (2.0iˆ  3.0ˆj)m while a constant


force F  (5.0iˆ  2.0ˆj) N acts on the particle.

(a) Calculate the magnitude of the displacement and mg mgsin

that of the force.
Block is at rest with respect to wedge
(b) Calculate the work done by the force.
  f = mg sin 

Sol. (a) s  (2.0iˆ  3.0ˆj) F  (5.0iˆ  2.0ˆj) In time t the displacement of block with respect to
 ground d = vt
|s | x 2  y 2  (2.0)2  (3.0) 2  13 m
Work done by friction for man A
 Wf = (component of friction force along
|F| Fx2  Fy2  (5.0) 2  (2.0) 2  5.4 N
displacement) × displacement
  Wf = mgsin.vt cos(180°–)
(b) Work done by force, W  F. s
Wf = – mg vt cos sin 
 (5.0 ˆi  2.0 ˆj) . (2.0iˆ  3.0ˆj) N. m Wf for man B = 0 (displacement is zero with respect
= 10 + 0 + 0 + 6 = 16 N.m = 16 J to man B)

EXAMPLE 3 4. WORK DONE BY A VARIABLE

A block of mass m is placed on an inclined plane FORCE :
which is moving with constant velocity v in horizontal
direction as shown in figure. Then find out work (A) When F as a function of x, y, z
done by the friction in time t if the block is at rest When the magnitude and direction of a force vary
with respect to the incline plane. in three dimensions, it can be expressed as a function
of the position. For a variable force work is calculated
v=const. for infinitely small displacement and for this
m
 displacement force is assumed to be constant.

 dW = F.ds
The total work done will be sum of infinitely small work

Sol. F.B.D of block with respect to ground.

B
  B
 
WA  B =  F.ds
A
=  (Fcos )ds
A

f m
v It terms of rectangular components,

 m
g
mg s in

B  F  Fx ˆi  Fy ˆj  Fz kˆ
A 
ds  dx ˆi  dy ˆj  dz kˆ

xB yB zB

WA  B =  Fx dx   Fydy   Fz dz
xA yA zA

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.22 Theory and Exercise Book

EXAMPLE 4 EXAMPLE 6

The force F = 2t2 is applied on the 2 kg block.

A force F = (4.0 x î + 3.0 y ĵ ) N acts on a particle
Then find out the work done by this force in 2sec.
which moves in the x-direction from the origin to x
Initially at time t = 0, block is at rest.
= 5.0 m. Find the work done on the object by the
Sol. F = ma
force.
 2t2 = 2a  a =t2
Sol. Here the work done is only due to x component of
force because displacement is along x-axis. dv 2 at t = 0, v = 0
 t 2
dt 2kg F=2t
x2 5
2 5
i.e., W =  F dx   4x dx  2x
x1
x
0
 = 50 J
0 v t
2
  dv   t dt (At t = 0 it is at rest)
0 0

EXAMPLE 5
t3
A force F = 0.5x + 10 acts on a particle. Here F is in  v=
3
newton and x is in metre. Calculate the work done
Let the displacement of the block be dx from t = t to
by the force during the displacement of the particle
t = t +dt then, work done by the force F in this time
from x = 0 to x = 2 metre.
interval dt is.
Sol. Small amount of work done dW in giving a small
dw = F.dx = 2t2.dx

displacement dx is given by
2 dx
dw = 2t . .dt  dw = 2t 2 (v)dt
 dt
dW  F .dx
w 2 2
or dW = Fdx cos 0° 2 t3 2 5
or dW = Fdx [ cos 0° = 1]
 dw   2t . 3 dt
0 0
 W=
3 0
t dt

Total work done,

2
x2 x 2
2  t6  64
 W=   = Joule
3  6 0 9
W=  Fdx   (0.5x  10)dx
x0 x0

F
x2 x 2
5. AREA UNDER FORCE
=  0.5x dx   10dx 10
DISPLACEMENT CURVE :
x 0 x0 +ve
0 2 x Graphically area under the force-displacement is the
2 x2
x x2 work done
= 0.5  10 x x 0
2 x0 +ve work +ve work
Fx Fy

0.5 2 y
= [2 – 02] + 10[2 – 0] = (1 + 20) = 21 J
2 x –ve work

+ve work
(B) When F is given as a function of Fz
Time(t) :

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.23

The work done can be positive or negative as per

N'
the area above the x-axis or below the x-axis
respectively.
N

EXAMPLE 7

Force acting on a particle varies with x as shown in The new feature in this situation is that the man is a
figure. Calculate the work done by the force as the composite system with several parts that can move
particle moves from x = 0 to x = 6.0 m. in relation to each other and thus can do work on
Sol. The work done by the force is equal to the area each other, even in the absence of any interaction
under the curve from x = 0 to x = 6.0 m. with externally applied forces. Such work is called
internal work. Although internal forces play no role
Fx(N) in acceleration of the composite system, their points
of application can move so that work is done; thus
5
the man's kinetic energy can change even though
the external forces do no work.
"Basic concept of work lies in following lines
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x(m)
Draw the force at proper point where it acts that
give proper importance of the point of application
This area is equal to the area of the rectangular of force.
section from x = 0 to x = 4.0 m plus the area of the Think independently for displacement of point of
triangular section from x = 4.0 m to application of force, Instead of relation the
x = 6.0 m. The area of the rectangle is (4.0) (5.0) displacement of applicant point with force relate it
1 with the observer or reference frame in which work
N.m = 20 J, and the area of the triangle is (2.0), is calculated.
2
(5.0) N.m = 5.0 J. Therefore, the total work done
 displacement vector of 
is 25 J.  
W = (Force vector)× point of application of 
 force asseen by observer 
 
6. INTERNAL WORK :

Suppose that a man sets himself in motion backward

by pushing against a wall. The forces acting on the
man are his weight 'W' the upward force N exerted
by the ground and the horizontal force N exerted
by the wall. The works of 'W' and of N are zero
because they are perpendicular to the motion. The Section B - Work done by conservative,
force N' is the unbalanced horizontal force that Non conservative force
imparts to the system a horizontal acceleration. The
work of N', however, is zero because there is no 7. CONSERVATIVE FORCE :
motion of its point of application. We are therefore
A force is said to be conservative if work done by
confronted with a curious situation in which a force
or against the force in moving a body depends only
is responsible for acceleration, but its work, being
on the initial and final positions of the body and
zero, is not equal to the increase in kinetic energy of
does not depend on the nature of path followed
the system.
between the initial and final positions.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.24 Theory and Exercise Book

• Work done by or against a conservative force does

m m m
not depend upon the nature of the path between
initial and final position of the body.
• Work done by or against a conservative force in a
m m m round trip is zero.

(a) (b) (c) If a body moves under the action of a force that
does no total work during any round trip, then the
Consider a body of mass m being raised to a height force is conservative; otherwise it is
h vertically upwards as shown in above figure. The non-conservative.
work done is mgh. Suppose we take the body along
The concept of potential energy exists only in the
the path as in (b). The work done during horizontal
case of conservative forces.
motion is zero. Adding up the works done in the
two vertical parts of the paths, we get the result • The work done by a conservative force is completely
mgh once again. Any arbitrary path like the one recoverable.
shown in (c) can be broken into elementary Complete recoverability is an important aspect of
horizontal and vertical portions. Work done along the work done by a conservative force.
the horizontal path is zero. The work done along
the vertical parts add up to mgh. Thus we conclude
that the work done in raising a body against gravity Work done by conservative forces
is independent of the path taken. It only depends st
I format : (When constant force is given)
upon the intial and final positions of the body. We
conclude from this discussion that the force of gravity
is a conservative force. EXAMPLE 8

Calculate the work done to displace the particle from

Examples of Conservative forces. 
(1, 2) to (4, 5). if F  4iˆ  3jˆ
(i) Gravitational force, not only due to Earth due in its
general form as given by the universal law of  
Sol. dw = F.dr ( dr  dxiˆ  dyjˆ  dzkˆ )
gravitation, is a conservative force.
(ii) Elastic force in a stretched or compressed spring is dw = (4iˆ  3j).(dxi
ˆ ˆ  dyj)
ˆ  dw = 4dx + 3dy
a conservative force.
w 4 5
(iii) Electrostatic force between two electric charges is a
conservative force.  dw =  4dx   3dy  w =  4x 14  3y52
0 1 2
(iv) Magnetic force between two magnetic poles is a
conservative force. w = (16 – 4) + (15 – 6)  w = 12 + 9 = 21 Joule

Forces acting along the line joining the centres of

two bodies are called central forces. Gravitational II format : (When F is given as a function of x, y, z)
force and Electrosatic forces are two important 
examples of central forces. Central forces are If F  Fx ˆi  Fy ˆj  Fz kˆ
conservative forces.
then

Properties of Conservative forces dw = (Fx iˆ  Fyˆj  Fz k).(dxi

ˆ ˆ  dyjˆ  dzk)
ˆ

• Work done by or against a conservative force  dw = Fxdx + Fydy + FZdz

depends only on the initial and final position of
the body.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.25

EXAMPLE 9 8. NON-CONSERVATIVE FORCES :

An object is displaced from position vector A force is said to be non-conservative if work done
  by or against the force in moving a body depends
r1  (2iˆ  3j)m
ˆ to r2  (4iˆ  6ˆj)m under a force
upon the path between the initial and final positions.

F  (3x 2 ˆi  2yj)N
ˆ . Find the work done by this The frictional forces are non-conservative forces.
force. This is because the work done against friction
depends on the length of the path along which a
 
  r2
rf body is moved. It does not depend only on the initial
Sol. W   F.dr   (3x 2ˆi  2yj)
ˆ  (dxiˆ  dyjˆ  dzk)
ˆ
and final positions. Note that the work done by

ri r1
fricitional force in a round trip is not zero.

r2
The velocity-dependent forces such as air resistance,
2 3 2 ( 4,6)
=  (3x dx  2ydy)  [x  y ] ( 2,3)  83J Ans. viscous force, magnetic force etc., are non

r1 conservative forces.

IIIrd format (perfect differential format) EXAMPLE 11


Calculate the work done by the force F  yiˆ to
EXAMPLE 10 move the particle from (0, 0) to (1, 1) in the following
 condition
If F  yiˆ  xjˆ then find out the work done in
(a) y = x (b) y = x2
moving the particle from position (2, 3) to (5, 6)
Sol. We know that

Sol. dw = F.ds

dw = F.ds  ˆ .(dx î )
dw = (yi)
dw = (yiˆ  xj).(dxi
ˆ ˆ  dyj)
ˆ
dw = ydx ...(1)
dw = ydx + xdy In equation (1) we can calculate work done only
Now ydx + xdy = d(xy) (perfect differential equation) when we know the path taken by the particle.
 dw = d(xy) either
for total work done we integrate both side y = x or y = x2 so now
(a) when y = x
 dw   d(xy)
1 1
Put xy = k  dw   xdx  w= Joule
0 2
then at (2, 3) ki = 2 × 3 = 6
(b) when y = x2
at (5, 6) kf = 5 × 6 = 30
1
2 1
30
30  dw   x dx  w= Joule
then w=  dk   k
6
6 0 3

Difference between conservative and Non-

 w = (30 – 6) = 24 Joule conservative forces

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.26 Theory and Exercise Book

9.1 Kinetic Energy

S. Kinetic energy (K.E.), is the capacity of a body to
Conservative forces Non-Conservative forces
No.
do work by virtue of its motion.
Work done does not Work done depends on
1 If a body of mass m has velocity v its kinetic energy
depend upon path path.
Work done in a round Work done in a round trip is equivalent to the work, which an external force
2
trip is zero. is not zero. would have to do to bring the body from rest up to
Forces are velocity- its velocity v.
3 Central in nature. dependent and retarding in
The numerical value of the kinetic energy can be
nature.
When only a calculated from the formula
conservative force acts
1
within a system, the K.E. = mv 2 ...(8)
kinetic energy and Work done against a non- 2
4 potential energy can conservative force may be • Since both m and v2 are always positive, K.E. is
change. However their dissipated as heat energy.
always positive and does not depend upon the
sum, the mechanical
direction of motion of the body.
energy of the system,
does not change.
Work done is completely Work done in not 9.2 Potential Energy
5
recoverable. completely recoverable.
Potential energy is energy of the body by virtue of
its position. A body is capable to do work by virtue
of its position, configuration or state of strain.
Now relation between Potential energy and work
done is
W.D = – U

Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy, Potential where U is change in potential energy

energy) There are two common forms of potential energy,
gravitational and elastic.
9. ENERGY
A body is said to possess energy if it has the capacity Important points related to Potential energy :
to do work. When a body possessing energy does
1. Potential energy is a straight function (defined only
some work, part of its energy is used up. Conversely
for position)
if some work is done upon an object, the object will
be given some energy. Energy and work are mutually 2. Potential energy of a point depends on a reference
convertiable. point

There are various forms of energy. Heat, 3. Potential energy difference between two position
electricity, light, sound and chemical energy are all doesn't depend on the frame of reference.
familiar forms. In studying mechanics, we are 4. Potential energy is defined only for conservative
however concerned chiefly with mechanical energy. force because work done by conservative force is
This type of energy is a property of movement or path independent.
position. 5. If we define Potential energy for non conservative
force then we have to define P.E. of a single point
through different path which gives different value
of P.E. at single point that doesn't make any sense.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.27

9.2.1 (a) Gravitational Potential Energy : 9.2.2 (b) Elastic Potential Energy :
It is possessed by virtue of height. It is a property of stretched or compressed springs.
When an object is allowed to fall from one level to The end of a stretched elastic spring will begin to
a lower level it gains speed due to gravitational pull, move if it is released. The spring. therefore
i.e., it gains kinetic energy. Therefore, in possessing possesses potential energy due to its elasticity. (i.e.,
height, a body has the ability to convert its due to change in its configuration)
gravitational potential energy into kinetic energy. The amount of elastic potential energy stored in a
The gravitational potential energy is equivalent to spring of natural length a and spring constant k when
the negative of the amount of work done by the it is extended by a length x (from the natural
weight of the body in causing the descent. length) is equivalent to the amount of work
necessary to produce the extension.
If a mass m is at a height h above a lower level the
P.E. possessed by the mass is (mg) (h). 1 2
Elastic Potential Energy = kx ...(10)
Since h is the height of an object above a specified 2
level, an object below the specified level has negative
It is never negative whether the spring is extended
potential energy.
or compressed.
Therefore GPE = ± mgh ...(9)
Proof :

N.L.
mg
h P.E.=mgh
K
M

fig(a)

N.L.
mg
h1
K
Specific level where M
P.E. is zero
h2 P.E. of m1 is m1gh1
P.E of m2 is –m2gh2 x0

fig(b)
m2g Consider a spring block system as shown in the
figure and let us calculate work done by spring
• The chosen level from which height is measured when the block is displaceed by x0 from the natural
has no absolute position. It is important therefore to length.
indicate clearly the zero P.E. level in any problem in At any moment if the elongation in spring is x, then
which P.E. is to be calculated. the force on the block by the spring is kx towards
• GPE = ± mgh is applicable only when h is very left. Therefore, the work done by the spring when
small in comparison to the radius of the earth. We block further displaces by dx
have discussed GPE in detail in 'GRAVITATION'. dW = – kx dx
 Total work done by the spring,

x0
1 2
W=–  kx dx
0
=–
2
kx 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.28 Theory and Exercise Book

Similarly, work done by the spring when it is given

dU
• Force on the particle is F(x) = –
1 2 dx
a compression x0 is – kx 0 .
2
Q
: We assume zero potential energy at natural length S
U B C D
of the spring :
A P2
P1
10. CO NS ER VATIVE FOR CE AND R
P
POTENTIAL ENERGY :
O x
U
Fs = – Case : I On increasing x, if U increases,
s
force is in (–) ve x direction i.e. attraction
i.e. the projection of the force field , the vector F, at force.
a given point in the direction of the displacement r
Case : II On increasing x, if U decreases, force is in
equals the derivative of the potential energy U with
(+) ve x-direction i.e. repulsion force.
respect to a given direction, taken with the opposite
sign. The designation of a partial derivative /s Different positions of a particle :
emphasizes the fact of deriving with respect to a
Position of equilibrium
definite direction.
If net force acting on a body is zero, it is said to be
So, having reversed the sign of the partial derivatives
of the function U with respect to x, y, z, we obtain dU
in equilibrium. For equilibrium = 0. Points P, Q,
the projection Fx, Fy and Fz of the vector F on the dx
unit vectors i, j and k. Hence, one can readily find R and S are the states of equilibrium positions.
the vector itself :

ˆ
F  Fxˆi  Fyˆj  Fzk, Types of equilirbium :
• Stable equilibrium :
  U ˆ  U ˆ  U ˆ When a particle is displaced slightly from a position
or F=–  i j k
 x y  z  and a force acting on it brings it back to the initial
The quantity in parentheses is referred to as the position, it is said to be in stable equilibrium position.
scalar gradient of the function U and is denoted by dU
grad U or  U. We shall use the second, more Necessary conditions:– = 0,
dx
convenient, designation where  (“nabla”) signifies
the symbolic vector or operator d2 U
and =+ ve
dx 2
  
  ˆi  ˆj  kˆ In figure P and R point shows stable equilibrium
x y z
point.
Potential Energy curve :
• Unstable Equilibrium :
• A graph plotted between the PE of a particle and its
When a particle is displaced slightly from a position
displacement from the centre of force field is called
and force acting on it tries to displace the particle
PE curve.
further away from the equilibrium position, it is said
• Using graph, we can predict the rate of motion of a
to be in unstable equilibrium.
particle at various positions.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.29

EXAMPLE 13
dU
Condition :  0 potential energy is maximum
dx The potential energy of a conservative system is
given by U = ax2 – bx where a and b are positive
d2 U constants. Find the equilibrium position and discuss
i.e. = = – ve
dx 2 whether the equilibrium is stable, unstable or neutral.
Q point in figure shows unstable equilibrium point
dU
• Neutral equilibrium : Sol. In a conservative field F = –
dx
In the neutral equilibrium potential energy is constant.
When a particle is displaced from its position it does d
F=– (ax 2 – bx) = b – 2ax
not experience any force acting on it and continues dx
to be in equilibrium in the displaced position. This is For equilibrium F = 0 or b – 2ax = 0
said to be neutral equilibrium.
In figure S is the neutral point b
x=
2a
dU d2 U
Condition : 0 , =0
dx dx 2 d2 U
From the given equation we can see that  2a
dx 2
(positive), i.e., U is minimum.
EXAMPLE 12
b
The potential energy between two atoms in a Therefore, x = is the stable equilibrium positon.
2a
a b
molecule is given by, U(x) = 12
– 6 , where a and
x x
b are positive constants and x is the distance between
the atoms. The system is in stable equilibrium when-

a
(A) x = 0 (B) x =
2b Section D - Work Energy theorem, Conserva-
tion of Mechenical energy
1/ 6
 2a   11a 
(C) x =   (D) x =   11. WORK ENERGY THEOREM :
 b   5b 

Sol. (C) If the resultant or net force acting on a body is Fnet

a b then Newton's second law states that
Given that, U(x) = –
x12 x 6 Fnet = ma ...(1)
du If the resultant force varies with x, the acceleration
We know F=–
dx and speed also depend on x.
= (–12) a x–13 – (–6 b) x–7= 0
dv
6b 12a then a= v ...(2)
or  dx
x 7 4x13
from eq. (1)
or x6 = 12a/6b = 2a/b
dv
1/ 6 Fnet = mv  Fnet.dx = m v dv
 2a  dx
or x=  
 b 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.30 Theory and Exercise Book

vf Fnet EXAMPLE 14
m m
F net .dx   mvdv
vi
The block shown in figure is released from rest.
vi vf Find out the speed of the block when the spring is
compressed by 1 m.
1 1
Wnet = mv 2f – mv 2i
2 2
N.L.
Wnet = kf – ki
Wnet = K ...(3)
2kg
A
2m
Work done by net force Fnet in displacing a particle
equals to the change in kinetic energy of the particle i.e.
we can write eq. (3) in following way Sol. In the above problem only one conservative force
(spring force) is working on the block so from
(W.D)c + (W.D)N.C + (W.D)ext. + (W.D)pseudo
mechanical energy conservation
= K ...(4)
kf + uf = ki + ui ...(i)
where (W.D)c = work done by conservative force
at A block is at rest so ki = 0
(W.D)N.C = work done by non conservative force.
(W.D)ext = work done by external force 1 2 1
ui  kx1  k(2) 2 = 2k Joule
2 2
(W.D)pseudo = work done by pseudo force.
we know that At position B if speed of the block is v then

(W.D)c = – U N.L.
 – U + (W.D)N.C + (W.D)ext + (W.D)pseudo = K
 (W.D)N.C + (W.D)ext. + (W.D)pseudo = (kf + uf) – B A

(ki + ui) 2kg 2kg

 k + u = Mechanical energy. x2=1m x1=2m

 work done by forces (except conservative forces)

= change is mechanical energy. 1 1
kf  mv 2   2  v 2  v 2
If (W.D)N.C = (W.D)ext = (W.D)pseudo = 0 2 2
Kf + Uf = Ki + Ui
1 2 1 k
Initial mechanical energy = final mechanical energy uf  kx 2   k  1 
2 2 2
This is called mechanical energy conservation law.
Putting the above values in equation (i), we get

Questions Based on work Energy k 3k

 v2   2k  v2 
Theorem : 2 2

(A) When only one conservative force is acting 3k

 v m / sec
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.31

EXAMPLE 15

A block of mass m is dropped from height h above

the ground. Find out the speed of the block when it A Ring
v=0
reaches the ground.
I h
Sol. Initial situation
Ugi  mgh , ki = 0
37°
d v
B

Rod
h

Sol. If l is the stretched length of the spring, then from

Final situation 1 2 figure
Ugf  0 , K f  mv
v 2
d 4 5
 cos 37º  , i.e., l d
Figure shows the complete description of the l 5 4
problem only one conservative force is working on
the block. So from mechanical energy conservation 5 d
So, the stretch y l  d  dd 
4 4
kf + uf = ki + ui

1 5 3 3
 mv 2  0  0  mgh and h = l sin 37º  d   d
2 4 5 4
Now, taking point B as reference level and applying
v  2gh m / sec law of conservation of mechanical energy between
A and B,
(B) When two conservative force are acting in EA = EB
problem.
1 2 1
or mgh + ky  mv 2
2 2
EXAMPLE 16
[as for, B, h = 0 and y = 0]
One end of a light spring of natural length d and
spring constant k is fixed on a rigid wall and the 2
3 1 d 1
other is attached to a smooth ring of mass m which or mgd  k    mv 2
4 2  4 2
can slide without friction on a vertical rod fixed at a
distance d from the wall. Initially the spring makes
3 1
an angle of 37º with the horizontal as shown in fig. [as for A, h  d and y  d ]
4 4
When the system is released from rest, find the speed
of the ring when the spring becomes horizontal.
3g k
[sin 37º = 3/5] or vd  Ans.
2d 16m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.32 Theory and Exercise Book

EXAMPLE 17
m v
The block shown in figure is released from rest and
initially the spring is at its natural length. Write down Sol. Applying work energy theorem, we get
the energy conservation equation. When the spring
1
is compressed by l1 ?  (–mg ) = (0 + 0) –  mv 2  0 
2 

v v=0
m
B m m
mg
Initial final

1 2 v2
 g  = v  
2 2g
Sol. Here two conservative forces are included in the
problem.
(i) Gravitational force (ii) spring force (D) When both conservative and non-
We assume zero gravitational potential energy conservative force in the problem

initial position EXAMPLE 19

m Ug  mg(  1) sin  A particle slides along a track with elevated ends
N.L.
(  1 ) sin 

Us=0, K = 0
and a flat central part as shown in figure. The flat
portion BC has a length l = 3.0 m. The curved
1

final position 1
m Ug  0, Us  k12 portions of the track are frictionless. For the flat
1 2 2
K  mv part the coefficient of kinetic friction is k = 0.20,
2
the particle is released at point A which is at height
h = 1.5 m above the flat part of the track. Where
at A as shown in figure.
does the particle finally comes to rest?
from mechanical energy conservation
Sol. As initial mechanical energy of the particle is mgh
kf + uf = ki + ui ...(i) and final is zero, so loss in mechanical energy
= mgh. This mechanical energy is lost in doing work
1 1
mv 2  k 21  mg( 1   ) sin  against friction in the flat part,
2 2
So, loss in mechanical energy = work done against
friction
(C) When only one non conservative force is
h 1.5
included in problem. or mgh = mgs i.e., s=  = 7.5 m
 0.2

After starting from B the particle will reach C and

EXAMPLE 18
then will rise up till the remaining KE at C is
Find out the distance travelled by the block as shown converted into potential energy. It will then again
in figure. If the initial speed of the block is v and  descend and at C will have the same value as it had
is the friction coefficient between the surface of block when ascending, but now it will move from C to B.
and ground. The same will be repeated and finally the particle
will come to rest at E such that
BC + CB + BE = 7.5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.33

D F = kx = 2 × 0.1 = 0.2 N
A
on the block while limiting frictional force between
h block and track is
B E C fL = s mg = 0.22 × 0.5 × 10 = 1.1 N.
Since, F < fL. The block will not move back. So, the
or 3 + 3 + BE = 7.5
total distance moved by block
i.e., BE = 1.5
So, the particle comes to rest at the centre of the = AB + BD + 0.1
flat part. = 2 + 2.14 + 0.1 = 4.24 m

EXAMPLE 20 (E) Important Examples :

A 0.5 kg block slides from the point A on a horizontal EXAMPLE 21
track with an initial speed 3 m/s towards a weightless A smooth sphere of radius R is made to translate in
horizontal spring of length 1 m and force constant 2 a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A particle
N/m. The part AB of the track is frictionless and the kept on the top of the sphere is released from there
part BC has the coefficient of static and kinetic at zero velocity with respect to the sphere. Find the
friction as 0.22 and 0.20 respectively. If the distance speed of the paritcle with respect to the sphere as a
AB and BD are 2 m and 2.14 m respectively, find function of the angle  it slides.
the total distance through which the block moves
Sol. We solve the above problem with respect to the
before it comes to rest completely. [g = 10 m/s2]
sphere. So apply a pseudo force on the particle
Sol. As the track AB is frictionless, the block moves this
distance without loss in its initial m ma
R
1 1
KE = mv 2  × 0.5 × 32 = 2.25 J. In the path a
2 2 with respect to sphere
BD as friction is present, so work done against
Now from work energy theorem.
friction
work done by ma = change in mechanical energy
= k mgs = 0.2 × 0.5 × 10 × 2.14 = 2.14 J
 ma R sin  = (kf + uf) – (ki + ui)
So, at D the KE of the block is = 2.25 – 2.14 = 0.11 J.
Now, if the spring is compressed by x 1
maR sin  = mv 2  mgR (1  cos )
2
1
0.11 = × k × x2 + k mgx
2 1
 mv 2 = maR sin  + mgR (1 – cos )
2
 v2 = 2R(a sin  + g – g cos )
 v = [2R (a sin  + g – g cos )]1/2 m/sec

A B D C EXAMPLE 22

1 In the arrangement shown in figure mA = 4.0 kg

i.e., 0.11 = × 2 × x2 + 0.2 × 0.5 × 10x and mB = 4.0 kg. The system is released from rest
2
and block B is found to have a speed 0.3
or x2 + x – 0.11 = 0
m/s after it has descended through a distance of
which on solving gives positive value of x = 0.1 m 1m. Find the coefficient of friction between the block
After moving the distance x = 0.1 m the block comes and the table. Neglect friction elsewhere.
to rest. Now the compressed spring exerts a force (Take g = 10 m/s2)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.34 Theory and Exercise Book

Sol. Four forces are acting on the body :

1. weight (mg) 2. normal reaction (N)
A
3. friction (f) and 4. the applied force (F)
Using work-energy theorem
Wnet = KE
or Wmg + WN + Wf + WF = 0
B
Here, KE = 0, because Ki = 0 = Kf
Sol. From constraint relations, we can see that Wmg = – mgh  WN = 0
vA = 2 vB (as normal reaction is
Therefore, vA = 2(0.3) = 0.6 m/s perpendicular to displacement at all
B
as vB = 0.3 m/s (given) points) ds
Applying Wnc = U + K Wf can be calculated as under :
F
we get –  mA g SA f =  mg cos 
A
1 1  (dWAB)f = – f ds dl
= – mB g SB + m v 2 + mBvB2
2 A A 2 = – ( mg cos ) ds = –  mg (dl) (as ds cos  =
Here, SA = 2SB = 2m as SB = 1 m (given) dl)
 f = –  mg  dl = –  mgl
1
 – (4.0) (10) (2) = – (1) (10) (1) + (4) Substituting these values in Eq. (i), we get
2
WF = mgh + mgl
1
(0.6)2 + (1) (0.3)2 : Here again, if we want to solve this problem without
2
or – 80  = – 10 + 0.72 + 0.045 using work-energy theorem we will first find

or 80 = 9.235 magnitude of applied force F at different locations

or  = 0.115 Ans. and then integrate dW ( = F.dr ) with proper limits.

EXAMPLE 23

A body of mass ‘m’ was slowly hauled up the hill

as shown in the figure by a force F which at each
point was directed along a tangent to the trajectory.
Find the work performed by this force, if the height
Section E - Vertical circular Motion
of the hill is h, the length of its base is l and the
12. VERTICAL CIRCULAR MOTION
coefficient of friction is .
To understand this consider the motion of a small
body (say stone) tied to a string and whirled in a
vertical circle.

m F h
Now we study the circular motion of the body in
two parts.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.35

A) Motion of a body from A to B. (I) Minimum velocity at point A for

C
which body can complete the
vertical circle
The condition for the body to complete the vertical
B circle is that the string should be taut all the time
R v1
T1 i.e. the tension is greater than zero.
T
2
So the body can complete the vertical circle if the
mA u mg mv1 tension is not zero in between the region B to C.
R
B) Motion of a body from B to C. Initially.
A. Motion of a body from A to B.
mv 2
mv 2 from figure (b) = TC + mg ...(1)
1 R
T1 = mg cos  + ...(1)
R
Apply energy conservation from A to C then
During the motion of the body from A to B.
Kf + Uf = Ki + Ui
 will increase so cos  will decrease.
Due to which mg cos  will decrease. From A to B 1 1
mv 2 + 2mgR = mu 2  0 ...(2)
2 2
mv 2
speed of the body also decreases due to which
R
finally
decreases. Therefore tenstion in the string decreases mv 2
from A to B. v C R
But due to mg cos  tension can never be zero. Tc+mg
TA
B. Motion of a body from B to C. u
A
mg
mv 22 fig(a) fig(b)
T2   mg cos  ...(2)
R
From B  C body can complete vertical circle, when

2
TC  0
C v2 mv2
R mv 2
T2 – mg  0
R
mg
B  v2  gR ...(3)
Put the value from (3) to (2) and u = umin

1 1
 m(Rg) + 2mgR = mu 2min
2 2
mv 22
speed decreases due to which decreases.
R  u 2min = 5gR  u min  5gR
 decreases due to which mg cos  increases.
Therefore from B C. Tension in the string It the velocity is greater than equal to 5gR then
decreases. the body will complete the vertical circle.
2
mv 2
String slacks at a point where = mg cos 
R
i.e., T = 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.36 Theory and Exercise Book

Tension at A
(III) When 2gR  u  5gR
2
mu
TA = mg + TA If the velocity of projection is greater than 2gR
R
u
mu2 but less than 5gR , the particle rises above the
If u = umin = 5gR mg 
R horizontal diameter and the tension vanishes before
5mgR reaching the highest point.
then TA = mg +  TA = 6mg
R We have seen that the tension in the string at the
highest point is lower than the tension at the lowest
Tension at B point.
At the point D, the string OD makes an angle  with
mv 2
TB = the vertical. The radial component of the weight is
R v mg cos  towards the centre O.
energy conservation TB B mv 2
R mv 2
from A to B T + mg cos  =  T
R
mg
1 1 A
mu 2min = mgR + mv 2
2 2  v2 
= m  R – g cos   ...(i)
 v2 = 3gR  TB = 3mg  

1
(II) Condition for the body to reach B : Kinetic energy at D = mv 2 B
2 D
Let us calculate the umin such that the body just N
Potential energy at D T
reaches B.
O  mg
= mg(AN)
Work done by tension = 0
= mg (AO + ON)
Only gravitational force is working on the body which
is a conservative force. Therefore Applying  mg(R + R cos) A
conservation of energy, we get = mgR(1 + cos)

1
mgR = mu 2min  umin = 2gR From conservation of energy
2
1 1
mu 2 = mv 2 + mgR(1+ cos)
2 2

O R v=0, Ug=mgR v2 = u2 – 2gR(1 + cos )

K= 0 Substituting in equation (i),
R
A u Ug=0
min
1  u2 
K  mu2min T =  R – 2g(1  cos ) – g cos 
m
2  

 u2  2 
 if u  2gR then the body will oscillate about A. T =  R – 3g  cos   3 
m
  

This equation shows that the tension becomes zero.

if

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.37

u2  2 B
 3g  cos    ...(ii)
R  3
O
 T v
If the tension is not to become zero. M C
A u  mg cos 
 2 mg
u2 > 3Rg  cos   
 3
1
Equation (ii) gives the values of  at which the The kinetic energy at C = mv 2
2
string becomes slack.
The potential energy at C = mg (AM)
2 u2
cos + = = mg (AO – MO) = mg (R – R cos)
3 3Rg
= mgR (1 – cos )

u2 2 1
cos = – The total energy at C = mv 2  mgR(1 – cos )
3Rg 3 2
 From conservation of energy
u 2 – 2gR
cos  =
3gR 1 1
mu 2 = mv 2 + mgR (1 – cos)
2 2
It is the angle from the vertical at which tension in
the string vanishes to zero. And after that its motion u2 = v2 + 2gR (1 – cos ) or
is projectile. v2 = u2 – 2gR(1 – cos )
Substituting in equation (v),
(IV) Tension in the string versus 
 u2 
We may find an expression for the tension in the T = m g cos   R – 2g(1 – cos ) 
string when it makes an angle  with the vertical.  
At C, the weight of the body acts vertically
downwards, and the tension in the string is towards mu 2  2
=  3mg  cos  –  ...(ii)
the centre O. R  3
The weight mg is resolved radially and tangentially.
The radial component is mg cos  and the tangential This expression gives the value of the tension in the
component is mg sin . string in terms of the velocity at the lowest point
and the angle .
mv 2
T – mg cos  = , where v is the velocity at C. Equation (i) shows that tension in the string
R
decreases as  increases, since the term 'g cos '
decreases as  increases.
 v2 
i.e., T =  R  g cos  
m ...(i)
  when u = 5gR

The velocity v can be expressed in terms of velocity  T = 3mg (1 + cos )

u at A. Now  = 0  cos  = 1  TA = 6 mg
1
The total energy at A = mu 2
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.38 Theory and Exercise Book

Condition for completing the circle :

T
6mg If the body just reaches the highest point then it will
3mg completes the vertical circle
Applying energy conservation between the lowest
cos and highest point of circle, we get
–1 1

v=0
Uf = mg2R
Kf = 0
if,  = 90°  TB = 3 mg
 = 180°, cos = – 1
1
Tc = 0 Ui = 0, Ki = mu2
u 2

(V) Different situations : 1

2mgR = mu 2  u = 4gR
2
(A) A BODY MOVING INSIDE A HOLLOW TUBE
OR SPHERE So, If the velocity at point A is greater than equal to
The previous discussion holds good for this case, 4gR then body will compete the vertical circle.
but instead of tension in the string we have the
normal reaction of the surface. If N is the normal
reaction at the lowest point, then (C) VERTICAL MOTION IN A DUAL RING

v2
N'
mg
R R

N u
u
mg This system will behave as the previous system.
So umin to

the condition u  5Rg for the body to complete complete vertical circle umin = 4gR
the circle holds for this case also. All other equations
(can be) similarly obtained by replacing tension T
by normal reaction N.

(B) WHEN BODY IS ATTACHED TO A ROD OF

LENGTH R
Angle at which the normal reaction on the body
In this case since the body is attached to a rigid
will change its direction from inward to outward
rod. The body can not leave the circular path.
the ring is given by
Therefore, if the speed of the body becomes zero
before the highest point C. It's motion will be u 2 – 2gR
cos =
oscillatory about the centre of the rod. 3gR

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.39

(D) BODY MOVING ON A SPHERICAL This gives the angle at which the body goes of the
SURFACE surface. The height from the ground of that point
The small body of mass m is placed on the top of a = AD = R(1 + cos )
smooth sphere of radius R and the body slides down
the surface.  2 5
=R 1   = R
 3 3
At any instant, i.e., at point C the forces are the
normal reaction N and the weight mg. The radial
component of the weight is mg cos  acting towards
the centre. The centripetal force is

mv 2
mg cos  – N = ,
R
Section F - Power
where v is the velocity of the body at O.
13. POWER
B Power is defined as the time rate of doing work.
m N
C When the time taken to complete a given amount
D
of work is important, we measure the power of the

mg agent doing work.
O
The average power (P or Pav ) delivered by an
agent is given by
A
W Total work done
 v2  P or Pav =  t = Total time
N = m  gcos  – R  ...(i)
 
where W is the amount of work done in time t.
The body flies off the surface at the point where N Power is the ratio of two scalars-work and time.
becomes zero. So, power is a scalar quantity. If time taken to
complete a given amount of work is more, then
v2 v2 power is less.
i.e., g cos  = ; cos  = ...(ii)
R Rg
dW
To find v, we use conservation of energy • The instantaneous power is, P = where dW is
dt
1 
mv 2 = mg (BD) the work done by a force F in a small time dt.
i.e.,
2
dW  dr   
= mg (OB – OD) = mgR (1 – cos ) • P= = F.  F.v where v is the velocity of
dt dt
v2 = 2Rg (1 – cos )
the body.
2
v By definition of dot product,
2(1 – cos ) = ...(iii)
Rg P = Fvcos
 
From equation (ii) and (iii) we get where  is the smaller angle between F and v
cos  = 2 – 2 cos  ; 3 cos  = 2 This P is called as instantaneous power if dt is very
small.
2 2
cos  = ;  = cos–1   ...(iv)
3  3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.40 Theory and Exercise Book

13.1 Unit of Power : 25 1 3

(c) Electrical energy produced =  Av t
A unit power is the power of an agent which does 100 2
unit work in unit time.
The power of an agent is said to be one watt if it Av 3t
=
does one joule of work in one second. 8
1 watt = 1 joule/second = 107 erg/second
Av 3t Av 3
1 newton  1 metre Electrical power = =
Also, 1 watt = = 1 N ms–1. 8t 8
1 sec ond
Dimensional formula of power 5
Now, A = 30 m2, v = 36 km h–1 = 36 × m s–1
[Work] [ML2 T –2 ] 18
[Power]  = = [ML2T–3]
[Time] [T] = 10 m s–1,  = 1.2 kg ms–1
EXAMPLE 24
30  10  10  1.2
 Electrical power = W = 4500
A one kilowatt motor pumps out water from a well 8
10 metre deep. Calculate the quantity of water W = 4.5 kW
pumped out per second.
Sol. Power, P = 1 kilowatt = 103 watt EXAMPLE 26
S = 10 m ; Time, t = 1 second ; Mass of water, m = ? One coolie takes one minute to raise a box through
mg  S a height of 2 metre. Another one takes 30 second
Power = for the same job and does the same amount of work.
t
Which one of the two has greater power and which
m  9.8  10
 103 = one uses greater energy?
1
Work M  g  S
103 Sol. Power of first coolie = 
or m= kg = 10.204 kg Time t
9.8  10
M  9.8  2 –1
EXAMPLE 25 = Js
60
The blades of a windmill sweep out a circle of area M  9.8  2 –1
Power of second coolie = Js = 2
A. (a) If the wind flows at a velocity v perpendicular 30
to the circle, what is the mass of the air passing
 M  9.8  2 
through in time t? (b) What is the kinetic energy or   J s–1 = 2 × Power of first coolie
 60 
the air? (c) Assume that the windmill converts 25%
of the wind’s energy into electrical energy, and that So, the power of the second coolie is double that of
A = 30m2, v = 36 km h–1 and the density of air is 1.2 the first. Both the coolies spend the same amount
kg m–3. What is the electrical power produced? of energy.
Sol. (a) Volume of wind flowing per second = Av We know that W = Pt
Mass of wind flowing per second = Av For the same work,
Mass of air passing in t second = Avt W = p1t1 = P2t2
P2 t1 1min ute
1 1 or  2
(b) Kinetic energy of air = mv 2 = (Avt)v 2 P1 t 2 = 30s
2 2
or P2 = 2P1
1 3
= Av t
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.41

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

Circular Motion 4

(A) 0, 2( + 4) (B) ,0
Section A - Kinematics of circular Motion 2
4
1. A wheel is at rest. Its angular velocity increases (C) 21.4, (D) 0, 3(+ 4)
2
uniformly and becomes 80 radian per second after
5 second. The total angular displacement is : 6. A particle is moving on a circular path of radius r
(A) 800 rad (B) 400 rad with uniform speed v. What is the diplacement of
(C) 200 rad (D) 100 rad the particle after it has described an angle of 60°?
(A) r 2 (B) r 3
2. A wheel is subjected to uniform angular a cceleration (C) r (D) 2r
about its axis. Initially its angular velocity is zero. In
7. An insect trapped in a circular groove of radius 12
the first 2 sec, it rotates through an angle ; in the
cm moves along the groove steadily and completes 7
next 2 sec, it rotates through an additional angle 2.
revolutions in 100 s. The linear speed of the insect is-
The ratio of 2 /1 is-
(A) 4.3 cm s-1 (B) 5.3 sm s-1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 6.3 cm s -1
(D) 7.3 cm s-1
(C) 3 (D) 5
8. The magnitude of displacement of a particle moving
in a circle of radius a with constant angular speed 
3. The second’s hand of a watch has length 6 cm. Speed
varies with time t is
of end point and magnitude of difference of velocities
at two perpendicular positions will be : t
(A) 2a sin t (B) 2a sin
2
(A) 2 & 0 mm/s (B) 2 2  & 4.44 mm/s
t
(C) 2a cos t (D) 2a cos
(C) 2 2  & 2 mm/s (D) 2 & 2 2  mm/s 2

9. Position vector of a particle moving in xy plane at

4. A particle is moving along a circular path with
uniform speed. Through what angle does its angular time t is r = a(1–cos t) î + a sin t ĵ . The path of
velocity change when it completes half of the circular the particle is
path? (A) a circle of radius a and center at (a,0)
(A) 0° (B) 45° (B) a circle of radius a and center at (0,0)
(C) an ellipse
(C) 180° (D) 360° (D) neither a circle nor an ellipse

5. A cyclist starts from the centre O of a circular park 10. A particle moves in xy plane. The
of radius 1 km, reaches the edge P of the park, then position vector at any time t is
cycles along the PQ circumference and returns to 
r  {(2t)iˆ  (2t 2 )ˆj}m . The rate of change of a  at
the centre along QO as shown in
Q time t = 2 second (where  is the angle which its
the figure. velocity vector makes with positives x-axis) is
If the round trip takes ten 2 1
minutes, the net P (A) rad / s (B) rad / s
O 17 14
displacement and average
speed of the cyclist (in 4 6
(C) rad / s (D) rad / s
kilometre and kilometer 7 5
per hour) is

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.42 Theory and Exercise Book

Section B - Centripetal and tangential 14. Velocity vector and acceleration vector in a uniform
Acceleration, Relative Circular circular motion are related as
Motion (A) both in the same direction
11. Two moving particles P and Q are 10 m apart at a (B) perpendicular to each other
certain instant. The velocity of P is 8 m/s making 30º
(C) both in opposite direction
with the line joining P and Q and that of Q is 6 m/s
(D) not related to each other
making an angle 30º with PQ as shown in the firuge
.Then angular velocity of P with respect to Q is-
15. A particle moves in a circle of radius 25 cm at two
revolutions per sec. The acceleration of the particle
in m/s2 is :
(A) 2 (B) 82
(C) 42 (D) 22

16. For a particle performing uniform circular motion,

choose the incorrect statement from the following.
(A) 0 rad/s (B) 0.1 rad/s
(A) Magnitude of particle velocity (speed) remians
(C) 0.4 rad/s (D) 0.7 rad/s
constant.
(B) Particle velocity remains directed perpendicular
12. A racing car is travelling along a track at a constant to radius vector.
speed of 40 m/s. A T.V. camera men is recording the
(C) Direction of acceleration keeps changing as
event from a distance of 30 m directly away from
particle moves.
the track as shown in figure. In order to keep the car
under view in the positio shown, the angular speed (D) Magnitude of acceleration does not remain
with which the camera should be rotated, is- constant.

17. A motor car is travelling at 60 m/s on a circular

road or radius 1200 m. It is increasing its speed at
the rate of 4 m/s2. The acceleration of the car is :
(A) 3 m/s2 (B) 6 m/s2
(C) 5 m/s2 (D) 7m/s2

(A) 4/3 rad/sec (B) 3/4 rad/sec 18. A car speeds up in a circular path. Which of the following
figures illustrates the acceleration of the car?
(C) 8/3 3 rad/sec (D) 1 rad/sec

a a
13. A particle P is moving in a circle of radius 'a' with a
uniform speed v. C is the centre of the circle and AB (A) (B)
is a diameter. When passing through B the angular
velocity of P about A and C are in the ratio
(A) 1 :1 (B) 1 :2
(C) 2 :1 (D) 4 :1 a
(C) a (D)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.43

19. The linear and angular acceleration of a particle are 24. If the radii of circular paths of two particles of same
10 m/sec2 and 5 rad/sec2 respectively it will be at a masses are in the ratio of 1 : 2, then in order to have
distance from the axis of rotation - same centripetal force, their speeds should be in the
(A) 50 m (B) 1/2 m ratio of :
(C) 1 m (D) 2 m (A) 1 : 4 (B) 4 : 1

(C) 1 : 2 (D) 2 : 1
20. The diagram shows a CD rotating clockwise (as seen
from above) in the CD-player. After turning it off,
the CD slows down. Assuming it has not come to a 25. A particle moving along a circular path due to a
stop yet, the direction of the acceleration of point P centripetal force having constant magnitude is an
at this instance is : example of motion with :
(A) constant speed and velocity
(B) variable speed and velocity
(C) variable speed and constant velocity
(D) constant speed and variable velocity.
(A) (B)

(C) (D) 26. A stone of mass m tied to a string of length l is

rotated in a circle with the other end of the string as
the centre. The speed of the stone is v. If the string
Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion breaks, the stone will move
(Centripetal force, Centrifugal
force), Circular Motion in (A) towards the centre
horizontal plane (B) away from the centre
(C) along a tangent
21. A stone of mass 0.5 kg tied with a string of length (D) will stop
1 metre is moving in a circular path with a speed of
4 m/sec. The tension acting on the string in Newton is-
27. A stone of mass 0.1 kg tied to one end of a string
(A) 2 (B) 8
1.0 m long is revolved in a horizontal circle at the
(C) 0.2 (D) 0.8
rate of 10/ revolution per second. Calculate the
tension of the string?
22. A coin placed on a rotating turn table just slips if it
(A) 30 N (B) 40 N
is at a distance of 40 cm from the centre if the angular
velocity of the turntable is doubled, it will just slip (C) 50 N (D) 60 N
at a distance of
(A) 10 cm (B) 20 cm 28. A block of mass M is situated on a smooth horizontal
(C) 40 cm (D) 80 cm frictionless table. A thread tied to the block passes
through a hole in the table and carries a mass m at
23. A stone is rotated steadily in a horizontal circle with its other end. If the length of the thread above the
a time period T by means of a string of length . If table is l, what should be the value of m so that it
the tension in the string is kept constant and length may remain suspended at a constant height and the
 increase by 1%, then percentage change in time block M moves in a circular path with an angular
period T is- velocity  on the table?
(A) 1 % (B) 0.5 %
(C) 2 % (D) 0.25 %

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.44 Theory and Exercise Book

32. The kinetic energy of a particle moving along a circle

l M
of radius R depends on the distance covered s as
T = KS2 where K is a constant. Find the force acting
on the particle as a function of S -

2 2
2K S R
(A) 1   (B) 2KS 1   
S R S
m

2 2
Ml2 Ml2 S 2S R
(A) (B) (C) 2KS 1    (D) 1  
g 3g R K S

Ml2 2Ml2 Section D - Circular Turning on Roads, Well

(C) (D)
5g g of death and cycle on curved
path

33. A car of mass 1000 kg moves on a circular path

29. A string of length l = 1 m is fixed at one end and
with constant speed of 16 m/s. It is turned by 90º
carries a mass of 100 gm at other end. The string
after travelling 628 m on the road. The centripetal
makes 5/ revolutions per second about a vertical force acting on the car is-
axis passing through its second end. What is the (A) 160 N (B) 320 N
angle of inclination of the string with the vertical? (C) 640 N (D) 1280 N
(A) 30° (B) 45°
(C) 60° (D) 75° 34. A cyclist is moving on a circular track of radius 80
m with a velocity of 72 km/hr. He has to lean from
the vertical approximately through an angle
30. Indicate the direction of frictional force on a car
(A) tan–1 (1/4) (B) tan–1 (1)
which is moving along the curved path with non
–1
zero tangential acceleration; in anti-clock direction. (C) tan (1/2) (D) tan–1 (2)

f 35. A curved section of a road is banked for a speed v. If

f
f there is no friction between road and tyres of the car,
f then :
(A) car is more likely to slip at speeds higher than v
(a) (b) (c) (d)
than speeds lower than v
(B) car cannot remain in static equilibrium on the
31. A particle is attached to an end of a rigid rod. The curved section
other end of the rod is hinged and the rod rotates (C) car will not slip when moving with speed v
always remaining horizontal. Its angular speed is (D) none of the above
increasing at constant rate. The mass of the particle
is 'm'. The force exerted by the rod on the particle is 36. A road is banked at an angle of 30° to the horizontal

F , then : for negotiating a curve of radius 10 3 m. At what
(A) F  mg (B) F is constant velocity will a car experience no friction while
 negotiating the curve?
(C) The angle between F and horizontal plane
decreases. (A) 54 km/hr (B) 72 km/hr
 (C) 36 km/hr (D) 18 km/hr
(D) The angle between F and the rod decreases.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.45

37. A cyclist taking turn bends inwards while a car WORK, POWER, ENERGY
passenger take the same turn is thrown outwards.
Section A - Work done by constant force,
The reason is-
Work done by variable force,
(A) car is heavier then cycle Area under Graph
(B) car has four wheels while cycle has only two 41. A man pushes a wall and fails to displace it. He
(C) difference in the speed of the two does
(D) Cyclist has to counteract the centrifugal force (A) negative work (B) positive work
while in the case of car only the passenger is thrown (C) no work at all (D) can't say
by this force
42. A weightlifter lifts a weight off the ground and holds
it up, then
38. A circular track is banked at an angle  for the speed (A) work is done in lifting as well as holding the weight.
v. Which of the following is correct? (B) no work is done in both lifting and holding the weight
(A) There is one value of speed for which friction is (C) work is done in lifting the weight but no work is
zero. required to be done in holding it up
(B) There is range of speeds for which friction is (D) no work di done in lifting the weight but work
zero. id required to be done in holding it up.

(C) Friction always acts up the plane.

43. When the bob of a simple pendulum swings, the
(D) The friction that acts is kinetic in nature. work done by tension in the string is :
(A) > 0 (B) < 0
39. A car is negotiating a curved road of radius r. If the (C) zero (D) maximum
coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road
is , the car will skid if its speed exceeds 44. In case of circular motion of a body, if tangential
force also acts on the body in addition to centripetal
(A) rg (B) 2rg force, then work done:
(A) by both the forces is zero.
(C) 3rg (D) 2 rg (B) by both the forces is positive.
(C) by centripetal force is zero but work done by
tangential force is not zero.
40. A car turns a corner on a slippery road at a constant (D) by tangential force is zero by work done by
speed of 12 m/s. If the coefficient of friction is 0.4, centripetal force is not zero.
the minimum radius of the arc in metres in which
the car turns is 45. The relationship between the force F and position x
(A) 72 (B) 36 of a body is as shown in figure. The work done in
displacing the body from x = 1 m to x = 5 m will be
(C) 18 (D) 9
F(N)

10
5
0 x(m)
1 2 3 4 5 6
-5
-10

(A) 30 J (B) 15 J
(C) 25 J (D) 20 J

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.46 Theory and Exercise Book

46. A force F acting on an object varies with distance x Section B - Work done by conservative,
as shown in the figure. Non conservative force

20 49. A body travels through a distance of 10 m on a

15 straight line, under the influence of 5 N . If the work
F
(in N) 10
done by the force is 25J, the angle between the force
5
and displacement is-
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (A) 0º (B) 30º
-5 x(in m)

-10 (C) 60º (D) 90º

-15

-20
50. The work done in pushing a block of mass 10 kg
The work done by the force in moving the object from bottom to the top of a frictionless inclined plane
from x = 0 to x = 8 m is 5 m long and 3 m high is- (g = 9.8 m/sec2)
(A) zero J (B) 80 J (A) 392 J (B) 294 J
(C) – 40 J (D) 40 J (C) 98 J (D) 0.98 J

47. A particle of mass 0.5 kg is displaced from position 51. A chain of mass m and length  is placed on a table
 
with one-sixth of it hanging freely from the table
r1 (2, 3, 1) to r2 (4, 3, 2) by applying of force of edge. The amount of work. done to pull the chain
on the table is
magnitude 30 N which is acting along (iˆ  ˆj  k)
ˆ .
(A) mg/4 (B) mg/6
The work done by the force is -
(C) mg/72 (D) mg/36
(A) 10 3 J (B) 30 3 J

(C) 30 J (D) None of these 52. The work done by the frictional force on a surface
in drawing a circle of radius r on the surface by a
pencil of negligible mass with a normal pressing
48. A particle of mass .m. moves along the quarter
force N (coefficient of friction k) is :
section of the circular path whose centre is at the
origin. The radius of the circular path is .a.. A force (A) 0 (B) –2 r 2 k N

F  yˆi  xj
ˆ newton acts on the particle, where x, y
(C) –3r 2 k N (D) –2 r k N
denote the coordinates of position of the particle.
Calculate the work done by this force in taking the
particle from point A (a, 0) to point B (0, a) along 53. The work done is joules in increasing the extension of
the circular path. a spring of stiffness 10 N/cm from 4 cm to 6 cm is :
(A) 1 (B) 10
a 2
(A) J (C) 50 (D) 100
4

a 2 54. A block of mass 10 kg is released on a fixed wedge

(B) J
2 inside a cart which is moved with constant velocity
10 m/s towards right. Take initial velocity of block
a 2 a 2 with respect to cart zero. Then work done by normal
(C) – J (D) – J
2 4 reaction (with respect to ground) on block in two
second will be: (g = 10 m/s2).

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.47

(A) zero 61. Kinetic energy of a particle moving in a straight

(B) 960 J line varies with time t as K = 4t2. The force acting
(C) 1200 J on the particle-
(D) none of these (A) is constant
(B) is increasing
55. Work done by force of friction :
(C) is decreasing
(A) can be positive (B) can be negative
(C) can be zero (D) any of these (D) first increase and then decrease

56. Natural length of a massless spring (of spring 

62. The potential energy for a force field F is given by
constant k) is x. It is slowly stretched by applying
U(x, y) = sin (x + y). The force acting on the particle
an external force. What is the work done in slowly
stretching it from length 3x to 4x?  
of mass m at  0,  is
(A) 1.5 kx2 (B) 2.5 kx2  4
2
(C) 3.5 kx (D) 4.5 kx2
(A) 1 (B) 2
Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy,
Potential energy) 1
(C) (D) 0
2
57. If a man increases his speed by 2 m/sec, his K.E. is
doubled. The original speed of the man is-
(A) (2 + 2 ) m/s (B) (2 + 2 2 ) m/s 63. A particle is released from rest at origin.
It moves under influence of potential field
(C) 4 m/s (D) (1 + 2 ) m/s
U = x2 – 3x, kinetic energy at x = 2 is
(A) 2 J (B) 1 J
58. When a conservative force does positive work on a
body (C) 1.5 J (D) 0 J
(A) the potential energy increases
(B) the potential energy decreases 64. Two water slides at a pool are shaped differently
(C) total energy increases but start at the same height. Two riders Sita and
(D) total energy decreases Gita start from rest at the same time on different
slides. Neglecting friction, and assume same path
59. The P.E. of a certain spring when stretched from length for both. Mark the correct statement.
natural length through a distance 0.3 m is 10 J. The
amount of work in joule that must be done on this
Gita
spring to stretch it through an additional distance
0.15 m will be Sita
h
(A) 10 J (B) 20 J
(C) 7.5 J (D) 12.5 J

60. A man who is running has half the kinetic energy of (A) Gita reaches ground earlier than Sita
the boy of half his mass. The man speeds up by (B) Sita reaches ground earlier than Gita.
1 m/s and then has the same kinetic energy as the
(C) Sita and Gita arrive on horizontal ground level
boy. The original speed of the man was
simultaneously.
(A) 2 m / s (B) ( 2 – 1)m / s
(D) Information is insufficient
(C) 2 m/s (D) ( 2  1)m / s

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.48 Theory and Exercise Book

Section D - Work Energy theorem, (A) The tension in the string is Mg

Conservation of Mechenical (B) The tension in the string is F
energy
(C) The work done by the tension on the block is 20
65. A section of fixed smooth circular track of radius R J in the above 1s
in vertical plane is shown in the figure. A block is (D) The work done by the force of gravity is –20 J
released from position A and leaves the track at B. in the above 1s
The radius of curvature of its trajectory just after it
leaves the track at B is ? O'
69. A 1.0 kg block collides with a horizontal weightless
(A) R R spring of force constant 2.75 Nm–1 as shown in figure.
53º 37º

R The block compresses the spring 4.0 m from the rest

(B) position. If the coefficient of kinetic friction between
4 A
B
the block and horizontal surface is 0.25, the speed of
O
R the block at the instant of collision is
(C) (D) None of these
2

66. A rigid body of mass m is moving in a circle of

radius r with a constant speed v. The force on the

mv 2
body is and is directed towards the centre.
r
What is the work done by this force in moving the (A) 0.4 ms–1 (B) 4 ms–1
body over half the cirumference of the circle.
(C) 0.8 ms–1 (D) 8 ms–1
mv 2
(A) (B) zero
r 2 70. In the figure the block A is released from rest when
the spring is at its natural length. For the block B of
mv 2 r 2 mass M to leave contact with the ground at some
(C) (D)
r2 mv 2 stage, the minimum mass of A must be-
(A) 2 M
67. A uniform flexible chain of mass m and length 2 (B) M
hangs in equilibrium over a smooth horizontal pin of
M
negligible diameter. One end of the chain is given a (C)
2
small vertical displacement so that the chain slips over
the pin. The speed of chain when it leaves pin is- (D) a function of M and
the force constant of
(A) 2g (B) g
the spring
(C) 4g (D) 3g
71. In the given figure, the inclined surface is smooth.
The body releases from the top. Then-
68. A block of mass M is hanging over a smooth and
light pulley through a light string. The other end of
the string is pulled by a constant force F. The kinetic
energy of the block increases by 20 J in 1s.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.49

(A) the body has maximum velocity just before 75. A body of mass M is dropped from a height h on a
striking the spring sand floor. If the body penetrates x cm into the sand,
(B) The body performs periodic motion the average resistance offered by the sand to the
(C) the body has maximum velocity at the body is :
mg sin 
compression where k is spring constant h  h
k (A) Mg   (B) Mg  1  
x  x
(D) both (B) and (C) are correct
 h
72. A locomotive of mass m starts moving so that its (C) Mgh + Mgx (D) Mg  1  
 x
velocity varies according to the law v = k s where
k is constant and s is the distance covered. Find the
76. A raindrop of mass 1 g falling from a height of 1 km
total work performed by all the forces which are
hits the ground with a speed of 50 ms-1. If the resistive
acting on the locomotive during the first t seconds
force is proportional to the speed of the drop, then
after the beginning of motion.
the work done by the resistive force is (Take g : 10
1 42 1 2 42 ms-2)
(A) W = mk t . (B) W = mkt
8 4 (A) 10 J (B) –10 J
1 44 1 44 (C) 8.75 J (D) –8.75 J
(C) W = mk t (D) W = mk t
4 8
Section E - Vertical circular Motion
73. Block A in the figure is released from the rest when
the extension in the spring is x0 . The maximum 77. Water in a bucket is whirled in a vertical circle with
downward a string attached to it. The water does not fall down
displacement of the even when the bucket is inverted at the top of its
block will be : path. We conclude that :
(A) Mg/2k – x0
mv 2 mv 2
(B) Mg/2k + x0 (A) mg = (B) mg >
R R
(C) 2 Mg/k – x0
(D) 2 Mg/k + x0 mv 2
(C) mg < (D) None of these
R
74. The system is released from rest with both the springs
in unstretched positions. Mass of each block is 1 kg
and force constant of each spring is 10 N/m. 78. A body is allowed to slide on a frictionless track from
Extension of horizontal spring in equilibrium is: rest position under gravity. The track ends into a
circular loop of diameter D. What should be the
minimum height of the body in terms of D so that it
may complete successfully the loop?

4 5
(A) D (B) D
5 4
(C) 1 D (D) 2 D

(A) 0.2 m (B) 0.4 m

(C) 0.6 m (D) 0.8 m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.50 Theory and Exercise Book

79. A smooth wire is bent into a vertical circle of radius

(A) 6g /5 (B) g /5
a. A bead P can slide smoothly on the wire. The
circle is rotated about vertical diameter AB as axis
(C) 12 g / 5 (D) 2g /5
with aspeed as shown in figure. The bead P is at
rest w.r.t. the circular ring in the position shown.
Then 2 is equal to : 82. A particle suspended from a fixed point, by a light
inextensible thread of length L is projected
2g
(A) horizontally from its lowest position with velocity
a
7gL
2g . The thread will slack after swinging through
2
(B)
a 3
an angle , such that  equal
(A) 30º (B) 135º
g 3
(C) (C) 120º (D) 150º
a

2a 83. A stone of mass m tied to the end of a string revolves

(D)
g 3 in a vertical circle of radius R. The net forces at the
lowest and highest points of the circle directed
vertically downwards are:
80. A particle is rotated in a vertical circle by connecting
[Choose the correct alternative]
it to a light rod of length l and keeping the other end
of the rod fixed. The minimum speed of particle when Lowest point Highest point
the light rod is horizontal for which the particle will (A) mg – T1mg + T2
complete the circle is (B) mg + T1 mg – T2

(A) gl (B) 2gl (C) mg+T1–(mv12)/R mg – T2+(mv12)/R

(D) mg–T1 – (mv12)/R mg + T2+(mv12)/R
(C) 3gl (D) none T1 and v1 denote the tension and speed at the lowest
point. T2 and v2 denote the corresponding values at
the highest point.
81. A light rod of length  is pivoted at the upper end.
Two masses (each m), are attached to the rod, one
at the middle and the other at the free end. What 84. A heavy particle hanging from a fixed point by a
horizontal velocity must be imparted to the lower light inextensible string of length  is projected
end mass, so that the rod may just take up the horizontally with speed (gl) . Then the speed of
horizontal position?
the particle and the inclination of the string to the
vertical at the instant of the motion when the tension
in the string equal the weight of the particle-

3l lg
(A) , cos–1 (3/2) (B) , cos–1 (2/3)
g 3

3g gl
(C) , cos–1 (2/3) (D) , sin–1 (2/3)
l 3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.51

85. A stone of mass 1 kg tied to a light inextensible 88. A car of mass 'm' is driven with acceleration 'a' along
string of length 10/3 metre is whirling in a vertical a straight level road against a constant external
circle. If the ratio of maximum tension to minimum resistive force 'R'. When the velocity of the car is
tension in the string is 4, then speed of stone st highest 'V', the rate at which the engine of the car is doing
point of the circle is- [g = 10 m/s2] work will be :

(A) 20 m/s (B) 10 3 m/s (A) RV (B) maV

(C) (R + ma) V (D) (ma – R)V
(C) 5 2 m/s (D) 10 m/s

89. A partcile of mass m is moving in a circular path of

86. A particle rests on the top of a hemisphere of radiu constant radius r such that its centripetal acceleration
R. Find the smallest horizontal velocity that must be ac is varying with time t as ac= k2 r t2, where k is a
imparted to the particle if it is to leave the hemisphere constant, the power delivered to the particle by the
without sliding down it- forces acting on it is-
(A) 2 m k2 r2 t (B) m k2 r2 t
(A) gR (B) 2gR
4 2 5
(C) (m k r t )/3 (D) 0
(C) 3gR (D) 5gR
90. The force required to row a boat over the sea is
proportional to the speed of the boat. It is found
Section F - Power
that it takes 24 h.p. to row a certain boat at a speed
87. A pump ejects 12000 kg of water at speed of 4 m/s of 8km/hr, the horse power required when speed is
in 40 second. Find the average rate at which the doubled -
pump is working (A) 12 h.p. (B) 6 h.p.
(A) 0.24 KW (B) 2.4 W (C) 48 h.p. (D) 96h.p.
(C) 2.4 KW (D) 24 W

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.52 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 2 (Leve-I) Objective Problems | JEE Main

CIRCULAR MOTION 5. A grinding wheel attained a velocity of 20 rad/sec

Section A - Kinematics of circular Motion in 5 sec starting from rest. Find the number of
revolutions made by the wheel.
1. Check up the only correct statement in the following-
(A) A body has a constant velocity and still it can 
(A) revolution per sec
have a varying speed 25
(B) A body has a constant speed but it can have a
1
varying velocity (B) revolution per sec

(C) A body having constant speed cannot have any
acceleration 25
(D) A body in motion under a force acting upon it (C) revolution

must always have work done upon it
(D) None
2. A car runs at a constant speed on a circular track of
radius 100 m, taking 62.8 s for every circular loop. 6. A wheel having a diameter of 3 m starts from rest
The average velocity and average speed for each and accelerates uniformly to an angular velocity of
circular loop respectively is :
210 r.p.m. in 5 seconds. Angular acceleration of the
(A) 0,0 (B) 0,10 m/s
wheel is -
(C) 10 m/s, 10m/s (D) 10 m/s, 0
rad rad
3. A paticle moves along a circle of radius R = 1 m so (A) 1.4 (B) 3.3
 s2 s2
that its radius vector F relative to a point on its
circumference rotates with the constant angular rad rad
(C) 2.2 (D) 1.1
velocity  = 2 rad/s. The linear speed of the s2 s2
particle is
(A) 4 m/s (B) 2 m/s
(C) 1 m/s (D) 0.5 m/s 7. A wheel starts rotating at 10 rad/sec and attains the
angular velocity of 100 rad/sec in 15 seconds. What
4. Shown here are the velocity and acceleration vectors is the angular acceleration in rad/sec2?
for an object in several different types of motion. In (A) 10 (B) 110/15
which case is the object slowing down and turning to
(C) 100/15 (D) 6
the right ?

a 8. The angular velocity of earth about its axis of rota-

v tion is-
(A) 2 / ( 60 × 60 × 24 ) rad / sec
(A) a (B)
(B) 2 / ( 60 × 60 ) rad / sec
v
(C) 2 / 60 rad / sec
(D) 2 / ( 365 × 24 × 60 × 60 ) rad / sec
a
a
v 9. The ratio of angular speeds of minutes hand and
(C) (D) hour hand of a watch is -
(A) 1 : 12 (B) 6 : 1
v
(C) 12 : 1 (D) 1 : 6

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.53

10. A body is moving is x-y plane as shown in a 13. Tangential acceleration of a particle moving in a
circular path of radius 2 m. At a certain instant when circle of radius 1 m varies with time t as (initial
the body is crossing the positive y-axis its velocity of particle is zero). Time after which total
cceleration of particle makes and angle of 30º with
acceleration is  6iˆ  8ˆj m/s2. Then its angular
radial acceleration is
acceleration and angular velocity at this instant
will be -
y


a
O x

60º
(A) – 3kˆ rad/s2 and – 2kˆ rad/s respectively time(sec)

(B) + 3kˆ rad/s2 and + 2kˆ rad/s respectively

(A) 4 sec (B) 4/3 sec
(C) – 4kˆ rad/s2 and – 3kˆ rad/s respectively
(C) 22/3 sec (D) 2 sec
(D) + 4kˆ rad/s and + 3kˆ rad/s respectively
2

14. A particle moves along an arc of a circle of radius

Section B - Centripetal and tangential R. Its velocity depends on the distance covered as
Acceleration, Relative Circular
v = a s , where a is a constant then the angle 
Motion
between the vector of the total acceleration and the
vector of velocity as a function of s will be
11. A particle is kept fixed on a turntable rotating
uniformly. As seen from the ground, the particle goes R
(A) tan = (B) tan = 2s / R
in a circle, its speed is 20 cm/s and acceleration is 2s
20 cm/s2. The particle is now shifted to a new
position to make the radius half of the original value. 2R s
(C) tan  = (D) tan =
The new values of the speed and acceleration will be s 2R

(A) 10 cm/s, 10 cm/s2 (B) 10 cm/s, 80 cm/s2

(C) 40 cm/s, 10 cm/s 2
(D) 40 cm/s, 40 cm/s2 15. The square of the angular velocity of a ertain wheel
increases linearly with the angular displacement
during 100 rev of the wheel’s motion as shown.
12. A spot light S rotates in a horizontal plane with a
Compute the time t required for the increase.
constant angular velocity of 0.1 rad/s. The spot of
light p moves along the wall at a distance 3 m. What 40
is the velocity of the spot P when  = 45° ? (A) Sec.
7
Wall P

3m 20
(Top view) (B) Sec.
7
S(Spot light)

(A) 0.6 m/s (B) 0.5 m/s 25 40

(C) Sec. (D) Sec.
(C) 0.4 m/s (D) 0.3 m/s 7 3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.54 Theory and Exercise Book

16. A point moves along a circle with velocity 20. A particle of mass m is fixed to one end of a light
v = at where a 0.5 m/sec2. Then the total acceleration spring of force constant k and unstretched length .
of the point at the moment when it covered (1/10) th The system is rotated about the other end of the
of the circle after beginning of motion spring with an angular velocity , in gravity free
(A) 0.5 m/sec2 (B) 0.6 m/sec2 space. The increase in length of the spring will be
2
(C) 0.7 m/sec (D) 0.8 m/sec2
m2 
(A)
Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion k k m
(Centripetal force, Centrifugal
force), Circular Motion in m2 
(B)
horizontal plane k  m2
17. A particle P is sliding down a frictionless
m2
hemispherical bowl. It passes the point A at t = 0. (C) (D) None of these
k  m2
At this instant of time, the horizontal component of
its velocity is v. A bead Q of the same mass as P is
ejected from A at t = 0 along the horizontal string 21. A unifrom circular ring of mass per unit length 
AB, with the speed v. Friction between the bead & and radius R is rotating with angular velocity 
the string may be neglected. Let tP & tQ be the about its own axis in a gravity free space. Tension
respective times taken by P and Q to reach the point in the ring is
B then :
(A) tP < tQ 1
(A) zero (B)  R2 2
(B) tP = tQ 2
(C) tP > tQ (C)  R2 2 (D)  R 2
tP lenght of are ACB
(D) t  lenght of chord AB 22. A uniform rod of mass m and length  rotates in a
Q
horizontal plane with an angular velocity  about a
18. A stone of mass of 16 kg is attached to a string vertical axis passing through one end. The tension
144 m long and is whirled in a horizontal smooth in the rod at distance x from the axis is :
surface. The maximum tension the string can
1 1 x2
withstand is 16 newton. The maximum speed of (A) m2 x (B) m2
2 2 
revolution of the stone without breaking it, will be :
(A) 20 ms–1 (B) 16 ms–1
1  x 1 m2 2
(C) 14 ms –1
(D) 12 ms–1 (C) m2  1 –  (D) [ – x 2 ]
2   2 
19. Three identical particles are joined together by a
thread as shown in figure. All the three particles are
23. A particle A moves along a circle of radius R = 50 cm so
moving on a smooth horizontal plane about point
that its radius vector r relative to the point O (Fig.) ro-
O. If the speed of the outermost particle is v0, then
tates with the constant angular velocity
the ratio of the tensions in the three sections of the
 =0.40 rad/s. Then modulus of the velocity of the par-
string is : (Assume that the string remains straight)
ticle, and the modulus of its total acceleration will be
O A B C (A) v = 0.4 m/s, a = 0.4 m/s2 A
   2 r
(B) v = 0.32 m/s, a = 0.32 m/s R
(A) 3 : 5 : 7 (B) 3 : 4 : 5 (C) v = 0.32 m/s, a = 0.4 m/s 2 0

(C) 7 : 11 : 6 (D) 3 : 5 : 6 (D) v = 0.4 m/s, a = 0.32 m/s2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.55

Section D - Work Energy theorem, 27. A small object placed on a rotating horizontal turn
Conservation of Mechenical table just slips when it is placed at a distance 4 cm
energy from the axis of rotation. If the angular velocity of
the turn-table is doubled, the object slips when its
24. A small hoop of mass m is given an initial velocity distance from the axis of rotation is
of magnitude v0 on the horizontal circular ring of (A) 1 cm (B) 2 cm
radius 'r'. If the coefficient of kinetic friction is s (C) 4 cm (D) 8 cm
the tangential acceleration of the hoop immediately
after its release is (assume the horizontal ring to be 28. A curved road of 50 m in radius is banked to correct
fixed and not in contact with any supporting surface). angle for a given speed. If the speed is to be doubled
keeping the same banking angle, the radius of
curvature of the road should be changed to
(A) 200 m (B) 100 m
(C) 50 m (D) none of these
r m

v0
29. A truck is carry a box of mass m = 50 kg on its flat
horizontal rough surface with coefficient of friciton
 = 0.3. It is crossing a circular track of radius
27 m. What is the maximum speed of the truck so
2 that the box does not slide from the truck while
(A) kg (B) k v 0 moving on the circular path?
r

2 v 20 2 v4
(C) k g  (D) k g  20 m
V
r r

25. An unbanked curve has a radius of 60 m. The maxi- R

mum speed at which a car can make a turn if the
coefficient of static friction is 0.75, is
(A) 2.1 m/s (B) 14 m/s
(C) 21 m/s (D) 7 m/s
(A) 18 km/hr (B) 36 km/hr
(C) 32.4 km/hr (D) None of these
26. A person wants to drive on the vertical surface of a
large cylindrical wooden 'well' commonly known as
'death well' in a circus. The radius of the well is 2 30. In the motorcycle stunt called "the well of death"
meter, and the coefficient of friction between the the track is a vertical cylindrical surface of 18 m
tyres of the motorcycle and the wall of the well is radius. Take the motorcycle to be a point mass and
0.2, the minimum speed the motorcyclist must have  = 0.8. The minimum angular speed of the
in order to prevent slipping should be motorcycle to prevent him from sliding down
should be:
(A) 10 m/s (B) 15 m/s
(A) 6/5 rad/s (B) 5/6 rad/s
(C) 20 m/s (D) 25 m/s
(C) 25/3 rad/s (D) none of these

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.56 Theory and Exercise Book

WORK, POWER, ENERGY 35. If a person is pushing a box inside a moving train,
the work done in the frame of earth will be :

Section A - Work done by constant force, S0 = displacement of the train relative to ground.
Work done by variable force, 
S = displacement of the box w.r.t. train.
Area under Graph
  
(A) zero (B) F.(s  s0 )

31. A force F  k[yiˆ  xj]
ˆ where k is a positive constant  
(C) F.S (D) F.S0
acts on a particle moving in x-y plane starting from
the point (3, 5), the particle is taken along a straight

line to (5, 7). The work done by the force is: 36. The work done by the force = F  A(y2ˆi  2x2ˆj) ,
(A) zero (B) 35 K where A is a constant and x and y are in meters
(C) 20 K (D) 15 K around the path shown is :
y
(A) zero (d,d)
(B) A d
32. A force F = kx2 is applied on the block. Then find
out the work done by this variable force to displace (C) A d2
x
block of mass 1 kg from x = 0 to x = 1 m. (Where k (D) A d3 (0,0)

is a constant)
37. The displacement-time graph of a body acted upon
2
F=kx by some forces is shown in figure. For this situa-
1kg 1kg tion, match the entries of Column I with the entries
x=0 x=1m of Column II.

2k k
(A) (B)
3 3

k
(C) (D) k
4
Column-I Column-II
(a) For OA, the total (P) always positive
33. As shown in diagram A block is released from rest. work done by all
Find out work done by normal force, when block is forces together is
displaced  angle : m
R
O
(b) For OA, the work (Q) can be positive
(A) MgR cos R done by few of the
m acting forces is
(B) MgR (1-cos)
(c) For AB, the work (R) zero or can be
(C) N.R(1–cos)
done by few of the zero
(D) None of these acting forces is
(d) For BC, the work (S) can be negative
done by all forces
34. A force F = (5iˆ  3j)
ˆ newtons is applied over a par--
together is
ticle which displaces it from its origin to the point r (A) aP; bQ,R,S; cQ,R,S; dR
= (2iˆ  1j)
ˆ metres. The work done on the particle is (B) aQ; bR,S,P; cR,S,Q; dS
(C) aR; bS,P,Q; cS,P,R; dP
(A) –7 joules (B) +13 joules
(D) aS; bP,Q,R; cP,R,S; dQ
(C) +7 joules (D) +11 joules

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.57

Section B - Work done by conservative, 42. Two springs have their force constant as k1 and k2 (k1
Non conservative force > k2). When they are stretched by the same force
(A) No work is done by this force in case of both
38. A block of mass m is taken from A to B under the
the springs
action of a constant force F. Work done by this force
is– (B) Equal work is done by this force in case of both
(A) FR the springs
(C) More work is done by this force in case of second

(B) FR spring
2 O R B
(D) More work is done by this force in case of first
FR spring
(C) R
2
m F
43. A wedge of mass M fitted with a spring of stiffness 'k'
FR B
(D) is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. A rod of mass
4
m is kept on the wedge as shown in the figure. System
is in equilibrium. Assuming that all surfaces are smooth,
39. A light spring of length 20 cm and force constant the potential energy stored in the spring is :
2 kg/cm is placed vertically on a table. A small block
of mass 1 kg falls on it. The length h from the surface mg 2 tan 2 
(A)
of the table at which the ball will have the maximum 2K
velocity is - k m
2 2
(A) 20 cm (B) 15 cm m g tan  M
(B) 
(C) 10 cm (D) 5 cm 2K

m 2 g 2 tan 2  m 2 g 2 tan 2 
40. A uniform chain of length L and mass M is lying on (C) (D)
2K K
a smooth table and one third of its length is hanging
vertically down over the edge of the table. If g is
acceleration due to gravity,. work required to pull 44. A disc of radius 0.1 m rolls without sliding on a
the hanging part on to the table is horizontal surface with a velocity of 6 m/s. It then
ascends a smooth continuous track as shown
MgL
(A) MgL (B) in figure. The height upto which it will ascend is :
3
(g = 10 m/s2)
mgL mgL (A) 2.4 m 6 m/s
(C) (D)
9 18
(B) 0.9 m
(C) 2.7 m (D) 1.8 m
Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy,
Potential energy)
45. A block of mass 2 kg, kept at origin at t = 0 is having
41. A particle with constant total energy E moves in
velocity 4 6 m/s in positive x-direction. Its
one dimension in a region where the potential energy
is U(x). The speed of the particle is zero where potential energy is defined as U = – x3 + 6x2 + 15 SI
unit. Its velocity when the applied force is minimum
(A) U(x) = E (B) U(x) = 0
(at a time later than t = 0) is
dU(x) d 2 U(x) (A) 8 m/s (B) 4 m/s
(C) 0 (D) 0
dx dx 2
(C) 10 24m / s (D) none of the above

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.58 Theory and Exercise Book

Section D - Work Energy theorem, 50. A toy car of mass 5 kg moves up a ramp under the
Conservation of Mechenical influence of force F plotted against displacement x.
energy The maximum height attained is given by

46. In the figure shown all the surfaces are frictionless, 100
F
and mass of the block, m = 1kg. The block and wedge 80
ymax 60
are held initially at rest. Now wedge is given a hori-
40
zontal acceleration of 10 m/s2 by applying a force x=0 x=11m 20
on the wedge, so that the block does not slip on the 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 x
wedge. Then work done by the normal force in
(A) ymax = 20 m (B) ymax = 15 m
ground frame on the block in 3 seconds is
(C) ymax = 11 m (D) ymax = 5 m
(A) 30 J 10m/s2

(B) 60 J m
M 51. A block of mass m is hung vertically from an elastic
(C) 150 J
thread of force constant mg/a. Initially the thread was
(D) 100 3 J at its natural length and the block is allowed to fall
freely. The kinetic energy of the block when it passes
47. A pendulum of mass m and length  is suspended through the equilibrium position will be :
from the ceiling of a trolley which has a constant (A) mga (B) mga/2
acceleration a in the horizontal direction as shown (C) zero (D) 2mga
in figure. Work done by the tension is–
(A) –mg(1 – cos)  Section E - Vertical circular Motion
(B) ma sin m a
(C) ma cos 52. A particle of mass m is released from point A on
(D) zero smooth fixed circular track as shown. If the
particle is released from rest at t = 0, then variation
48. A block of mass m slides down a plane inclined at of normal reaction N with () angular displacement
an angle . Which of the following will NOT from initial position is –
increase the energy lost by the block due to friction ?
(A) Increasing the angle of inclination
(B) Increasing the distance that the block travels
R O
(C) Increasing the acceleration due to gravity A
m
(D) Increasing the mass of the block

49. Equal force F(> mg) is applied to string in all the

three cases. Starting from rest, the point of
application of force moves a distance of 2 m down N N
in all cases. In which case the block has maximum
kinetic energy? (A) 3mg (B) 3mg
 
(A) 1
(B) 2 F m F F N N
m m
(C) 3 (1) (2) (3) (C) 3mg (D) 3mg
(D) equal in all 3 cases  

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.59

53. A particle is given an initial speed u inside a smooth 57. A ball whose size is slightly smaller than width of
spherical shell of radius R = 1 m that it is just able the tube of radius 2.5 m is projected from
to complete the circle. Acceleration of the particle bottommost point of a smooth tube fixed in a vertical
when its velocity is vertical is - plane with velocity of 10 m/s. If N1 and N2 are the
normal reactions exerted by inner side and outer side
(A) g 10 of the tube on the ball
(B) g R
u D
(C) g 2
A C
(D) 3g
B
O 10 m/s
54. A body moves along an uneven horizontal road
surface with constant speed at all points. The normal (A) N1 > 0 for motion in ABC, N2 > 0 for motion in CDA
reaction of the road on the body is- (B) N1 > 0 for motion in CDA, N2 > 0 for motion in ABC
(C) N2 > 0 for motion in ABC & part of CDA
B (D) N1 is always zero.

A
C 58. A bob attached to a string is held horizontal and
released. The tension and vertical distance from point
(A) Maximum at A (B) Maximum at B of suspension can be represented by.
(C) Minimum at C (D) The same at A,B and C

55. A box of mass m is released from rest at position on

T T
the frictionless curved track shown. It slides a dis-
tance d along the track in time t to reach position 2, (A) (B)
dropping a vertical distance h. Let v and a be the h h
instantaneous speed and instantaneous acceleration, T T
respectively, of the box at position 2. Which of the (C) (D)
following equations is valid for this situation? h h
(A) h = vt 1
m
(B) h = (1/2)gt2 h 59. A small cube with mass M starts at rest point 1 at a
2 height 4R, where R is the radius of the circular part
(C) d = (1/2)at2 d
of the track. The cube slides down the frictionless
(D) mgh = (1/2)mv2
track and around the loop. The force that the track
exerts on the cube at point 2 is nearly
56. A particle originally at rest the highest point of a _________ times the
smooth vertical circle is slightly displaced. It will 1
cube’s weight Mg.
leave the circle at a vertical distance h below the (A) 1
highest point, such that 4R 2
(B) 2
(A) h = R (B) h = R/3
(C) 3
R
(C) h = R/2 (D) h = 2R (D) 4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.60 Theory and Exercise Book

Section F - Power 62. Water is falling on the blades of a turbine from a

height 25 m. 3×103 kg of water pours on the blade
60. Assume the aerodynamic drag force on a car is pro- per minute. If the whole of energy is transferred to
portional to its speed. If the power output from the the turbine, power delivered is : g = 9.8 m/s2
engine is doubled, then the maximum speed of the car.
(A) 12250 W (B) 16250 W
(A) is unchanged
(C) 8250 W (D) 20250 W
(B) increases by a factor of 2
(C) is also doubled
(D) increases by a factor of four.

61. A particle moves with a velocity 5iˆ  3jˆ  6kˆ m / s

under the influence of a constant force

F  10iˆ  10ˆj  20kˆ N. The instantaneous power ap-
plied to the particle is :
(A) 200 J/s (B) 40 J/s
(C) 140 J/s (D) 170 J/s

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.61

Exercise - 2 (Level-II) Multiple Correct | JEE Advanced

CIRCULAR MOTION
v0
Section B - Centripetal and tangential
(A) v = 1  v 0 t  at time t

Acceleration, Relative Circular  R 
Motion
S
1. Which of the following statements are true for a (B) v = v e  R after it has moved S meter
0
moving body ?
(C) v = v0e–SR after it has moved S meter
(A) if its speed changes, its velocity must change
(D) None of these
and it must have some acceleration
(B) if its velocity changes, its speed must change
Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion
and it must have some acceleration
(Centripetal force, Centrifugal
(C) if its velocity changes, its speed may or may not
force), Circular Motion in
change, and it must have some acceleration horizontal plane
(D) if its speed changes, but direction of motion does

not change, its velocity may remain constant 5. A person applies a constant force F on a particle of
mass m and finds that the particle moves in a circle
2. A particle is moving along a circular path. The of radius r with a uniform speed v as seen (in the
angular velocity, linear velocity , angular plane of motion) from an inertial frame of reference.
acceleration and centripetal acceleration of the (A) This is not possible.
    (B) There are other forces on the particle.
particle at any instant are , v, a and a c
respectively. Which of the following relations is/are mv 2
(C) The resultant of the other forces is towards
r
correct ?
    the centre.
(A)   v (B)   a
(D) The resultant of the other forces varies in
   
(C)   a c (D) v  a c magnitude as well as in direction.

3. Speed of a body moving in a circular path changes 6. A ball of mass m is placed in smooth groove at the
with time as v = 2t, then – center of disc and frame starts to rotate with angular
(A) Magnitude of acceleration remains constant speed , which of the following statement is
(B) Magnitude of acceleration increases incorrect?
(C) Angle between velocity and acceleration
remains constant
(D) Angle between velocity and acceleration
increases

4. A body moves in a circular path of radius R with

deceleration so that at any moment of time its (A) Net force on ball is towards center
tangential and normal acceleration are equal in (B) Motion of ball is in radially outward direction
magnitude. At the initial moment t = 0, the velocity w.r.t centre
of body is v0 then the velocity of body at any time (C) Centrifugal force is mr2
will be – (D) Motion of ball is circular

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.62 Theory and Exercise Book

7. A smooth semicircular wire track of radius R is fixed Section D - Circular Turning on Roads, Well
in a vertical plane. One end of masselss spring of of death and cycle on curved
path
3R
natural length is attached to the lowest point O
4 10. A circular road of radius r is banked for a speed of
of the wire track. A small ring of mass m which can v = 40 km/h. A car of mass m attempts to go on the
slide on the track is attached to the other end of circular road. The friction coefficient between the
spring. The ring is held stationary at point P such tyre and the road is negligible. Then-
that the spring makes an angle 60° with the (A) the car cannot make a turn without skidding
vertical. (spring constant k = mg/R) (B) if the car turn at a speed less than 40 km/h, it
will slip down.
(C) if the car turn at the correct speed of 40 km/h
the force by the road on the car is equal to mv2/r
C (D) if the car turn at the correct speed of
60° P 40 km/h, the force by the road on the car is greater
than mg as well as greater than mv2/r
O

mg WORK, POWER, ENGERGY

(A) Spring force is
4
Section A - Work done by constant force,
5 3 Work done by variable force,
(B) Tangential acceleration is g.
8 Area under Graph

3mg 11. No work is done by a force on an object if

(C) Normal reaction is (A) the force is always perpendicular to its velocity
8
(B) the force is always perpendicular to its
mg acceleration
(D) Normal reaction is
4 (C) the object is stationary but the point of
application of the force moves on the object.
8. A particle P of mass m is attached to a vertical axis (D) the object moves in such a way that the point of
by two strings AP and BP of length l each. The application of the force remains fixed.
separation AB=l. P rotates around the axis with an
angular velocity . The tensions in the two strings
Section B - Work done by conservative,
are T1 and T2
Non conservative force
(A) T1=T2
(B) T1+T2=m2l 12. The coefficient of friction between the block and
(C) T1-T2=2mg plank is µ and its value is such that block becomes
stationary with respect to plank before it reaches
2g
(D) BP will remain taut only if  the other end. Then-

m v0
9. A cart moves with a constant speed along a M
horizontal circular path. From the cart, a particle is (A) the work done by friction on the block is
thrown up vertically with respect to the cart negative
(A) The particle will land somewhere on the circular path (B) the work done by friction on the plank is
(B) The particle will land outside the circular path positive
(C) The particle will follow an elliptical path (C) the net work done by friction is negative
(D) The particle will follow a parabolic path (D) net work done by the friction is zero

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.63

13. In the pulley-block system shown in figure string

mg 
are light. Pulleys are massless and smooth. System (A) work done by mg is
5
is released from rest. In 0.3 second.
(B) work done by T is zero
////////////////// (C) work done by conterpetal force is zero.
(D) None of these

2kg
1kg 16. A body is lifted very slowly to the top of a mountain
through path 1 and path 2 by applying a tangential
force from bottom in the figure. Coefficient of
(A) work done on 2 kg block by gravity is 6 J
friction between the body and surface is  then
(B) work done on 2 kg block by string is –2 J
(C) work done on 1 kg block by gravity is–1.5 J C

(D) work done on 1 kg block by string is 2 J

h
2
1
14. A block of mass 2 kg is suspended by a spring of A
B
force constant k = 10 N/m. An another spring of 
same value of force constant is 1 m below it.
Initially both the springs were unstretched. Mass is (A) Work done by gravity and friction is less through
released from rest. (given path 1 than 2.
28  5.29 ,
(B) Work done by gravity and friction is more
g= 10 m/s2)
through path 1 than 2.
(A) The maximum extension in
(C) Work done by gravity is same in both path.
the upper spring is 2.82 m.
(D) Work done by friction is same in both path
(B) Equilibrium position of the 2kg
block is at 1.5m from where it 1m
was released Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy,
(C) The maximum extension in Potential energy)
the upper spring is 2.2 m.
17. Assuming potential energy 'U' at ground level to be
(D) Equilibrium position of the
zero.
block is at 1 m from where it
Solid Cone Solid Cylinder
was released Solid sphere Solid Cube R S
P Q

D D D
D
15. As shown in diagram Block move from A to B then D

(lenght of spring is , mass of block is m) U=0

D D D

All objects are made up of same material.

37°
UP = Potential energy of solid sphere
T UQ = Potential energy of solid cube
T
A UR = Potential energy of solid cone
US = Potential energy of solid cylinder
B m mg
(A) US > UP (B) UQ > US
(C) UP > UQ (D) UP > US

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.64 Theory and Exercise Book

18. One end of a light spring of spring constant k is 22. Which of the following are correct?
fixed to a wall and the other end is tied to a block (A) A body moving with velocity v can be stopped
placed on a smooth horizontal surface. In a displace- over a distance s. If the kinetic energy of the body is
1 2 double the body can be stopped over distance 2s,
ment, the work done by the spring is kx . The
2 provided the retarding force remains uncanged.
possible cases are :
(B) Work and kinetic energy have different
(A) the spring was initially compressed by a distance
dimension.
x and was finally in its natural length
(C) Work equal to 16 J is done on a 2 kg body to set
(B) it was initially stretched by a distance x and
it motion. If whole of this work had been used up in
finally was in its natural length
increasing the kinetic energy, the the body would
(C) it was initially in its natural length and finally
have acquired a velocity of 4 ms-1
in a compressed position.
(D) If potential energy of a stretched spring is plotted
(D) it was initially in its natural length and finally
agains y-axis and (extension)2 against x-axis, then
in a stretched position.
the graph is a straight line.

19. The potential energy in joules of a particle of mass

1 kg moving in a plane is given by U = 3x + 4y, the 23. Consider two observers moving with respect to each
position coordinates of the point being x and y, mea- other at a speed v along a straight line. They ob-
sured in meters. If the particle is initially at rest at serve a block of mass m moving a distance  on a
(6, 4), then rough surface. Which of the following quantities will
(A) its acceleration is of magnitude 5 m/s2 be different as observed by the two observer –
(B) its speed when it crosses the y-axis is (A) kinetic energy of block
10 m/s (B) work done by friction
(C) it crosses the y-axis (x = 0) at y = –4 (D) it (C) Total work done on the block
moves in a straight line passing through the (D) acceleration of block.
origin (0, 0)

24. A ball of mass m is attached to the lower end of

Section D - Work Energy theorem,
light vertical spring of force constant k. The upper
Conservation of Mechenical energy
end of the spring is fixed. The ball is released from
20. When a body moves with a constant speed along a rest with the spring at its normal (unstreched) length,
circle. Incorrect Statement is : comes to rest again after descending through a dis-
(A) Its velocity remains constant. tance x.
(B) No force acts on it. (A) x = mg/k (B) x = 2 mg/k
(C) No work is done on it. (C) The ball will have no acceleration at the position
(D) No acceleration is produced in it. where it has descended through x/2.
(D) The ball will have an upward acceleration equal
21. Choose the correct options - to g at its lowermost position.
(A) Work energy theorem is valid in non-inertial
frame if we take work done by pseudo force also 25. A block of mass 2 kg is hanging over a smooth and
(B) Work done by non-conservative force is equal light pulley through a light string. The other end of
to change in mechanical energy the string is pulled by a constant force F = 40 N.
(C) Work done by friction may be positive The kinetic energy of the particle increase 40 J in a
(D) Work done by force is frame dependent given interval of time. Then : (g = 10 m/s2)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.65

27. A body of mass m is whirled in a vertical circle by

the help of a ideal string fixed at one end, then –
(A) tension in string may be mg only once in one
complete circular path
(B) tension in string may be equal to mg twice in
one complete circular path
(A) tension in the string is 40 N.
(C) speed of body may becomes equal at only two
(B) displacement of the block in the given interval time instants in one complete circular path
of time is 2 m.
(D) speed of body may becomes equal at more than
(C) work done by gravity is – 20 J. two time instants in one complete circular path
(D) work done by tension is 80 J.

Section F - Power
Section E - Vertical circular Motion
28. Which of the following are correct?
26. A body is moving with constant velocity on the path
(A) A body of weight 1 N has potential energy of 1
shown.
C
J relative to the ground when it is at a height of 1 m.
A
(B) A 1 kg body has a kinetic energy of 1 J when its
velocity is 1.141 ms-1.
B D
 
(A) Normal reaction exerted on body by path is (C) The power of an agent is F.v.
greatest at NB
(D) When a force retards the motion of a body, the
(B) Normal reaction exerted on body by path is least work done is negative.
at NC
(C) Normal fore is greater than weight at B
(D) Normal force is lesser than weight at A, D

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.66 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 3 | Level-I Subjective | JEE Advanced

CIRCULAR MOTION Section B - Centripetal and tangential

Acceleration, Relative Circular
Motion
Section A - Kinematics of circular Motion
5. Two bodies A and B separated by a distance 2 R are
moving counterclockwise along the circular path of
1. The angular velocity of a body moving in a circular
radius R each with uniform speed v. At time
path is shown in graph below. What is the average
t = 0; A is given a constant tangential acceleration a
angular velocity (in rad/s) for the entire motion?
72 v 2
= . Find
25R
(i) the time lapse for the two bodies to collide;
(ii) the angle covered by A;
37º 53º t (iii) angular velocity of A; (iv) radial acceleration
16sec of A at this time.
41sec
6. A particle moves in circle of radius R with a constant
speed v. Then, find the magnitude of average
2. A particle moves in a circle of radius 1.0 cm at a
speed given by v = 2.0 t where v is in cm/s and t in R
acceleration during a time interval .
2v
second.
(a) Find the radial acceleration of the particle at 7. A 30 cm diameter turn table starts from rest and
t = 1 s. takes 2 s to reach its final rotation rate of 33.5 rpm;
(b) Find the tangential acceleration at t = 1 s. the angular acceleration is (Least count) –

(c) Find the magnitude of the acceleration at 8. A point moves along a circle having a radius 20 cm
t = 1 s. with a constant tangential acceleration 5 cm/s2. How
much time is needed after motion begins for the
3. A particle moves clockwise in a circle of radius normal acceleration of the point to be equal to
1 m with centre at (x, y) = (1m, 0). It starts at rest tangential acceleration?
at the origin at time t = 0. Its speed increases at the
Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion
 (Centripetal force, Centrifugal
constant rate of   m/s2. force), Circular Motion in
2
horizontal plane
(a) How long does it take to travel halfway around 9. A mass m rotating freely in a horizontal circle of
the circle ? radius 1 m on a frictionless smooth table supports a
stationary mass 2m, attached to the other end of the
(b) What is the speed at that time ?
string passing through smooth hole O in table,
hanging vertically. Find the angular velocity of
rotation.
4. A solid body rotates about a stationary axis so that
its angular velocity depends on the rotation angle 
as  = 0 – k , where 0 and k are positive O m
constants. At the moment t = 0, the angle  = 0.
Find the time dependence of rotation angle
2m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.67

10. A 4 kg block is attached to a vertical rod by means 13. A particle is projected with speed 100 m/s at angle
of two strings of equal length. When the system  = 60º with the horizontal at time t = 0. At time 't'
rotaes about the axis of the rod, the strings are the velocity vector of the particle becomes
extended as shown in figure. perpendicular to the direction of velocity of
(a) How many revolutions per minute must the projection. Find
system make in order for the tension in the upper (i) Its tangential acceleration at time t.
chord to be 20 kgf? (ii) Its radius of curvature at time t.
(b) What is the tension in the lower chord?

Section D - Circular Turning on Roads, Well

of death and cycle on curved
5m path

8m 
A 14. What is the minimum radius of a circle along which
a cyclist can ride with a velocity 18 km/hr if the
coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road
is  = 0.5 (take g = 10 m/s2)

11. The ratio of period of oscillation of the conical

pendulum to that of the simple pendulum is : 15. A smooth wire is bent into a vertical circle of radius
(Assume the strings are of the same length in the a. A bead P can slide smoothly on the wire. The
two cases and  is the angle made by the string with circle is rotated about vertical diameter AB as axis
the vertical in case of conical pendulum) with a speed  as shown in figure. The bead P is at
rest w.r.t. the circular ring in the position shown.
Find 2.
12. A circular turn table of radius 0.5 m has a smooth A
groove as shown in fig. A ball of mass 90 g is placed
inside the groove along with a spring of spring a
constant 102 N/cm. The ball is at a distance of 0.1
O
m from the centre when the turn table is at rest. On
a/2
rotating the turn table with a constant angular
velocity of 102 rad-sec–1 the ball moves away from
the initial position by a distance nearly equal to- B

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.68 Theory and Exercise Book

WORK, POWER, ENGERGY 20. In the figure shown initially spring is in unstretched
state & blocks are at rest. Now 100 N force is aplied
Section A - Work done by constant force, on block A & B as shown in figure. After some time
Work done by variable force, velocity of 'A' becomes 2 m/s & that of 'B' 4 m/s &
Area under Graph block A displaced by amout 10 cm and spring is
stretched by amount 30 cm. Then work done by
16. The relationship between force and position is shown
spring force on A will be :
in the figure given (in one dimensional case). What
K=100 N/m
will be the work done by the force in displacing a A B
l
body from x = 1 cm to x = 5 cm. 100 N 2Kg 1Kg 100 N

20 Smooth surface
(Force dyne)

10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy,
10 x(cm) Potential energy)
20 21. In the figure shown, pulley
k
the and spring are ideal.
17. A body of mass 6 kg is under a force which causes Find potential energy stored in
the spring (m1 > m2) m1 m2
t2
displacement in it given by S = metres where t is
4
22. Calculate the forces F(y) associated with the
time. Find work done by the force in 2 seconds.
following one-dimensional potential energies:
(a) U = –y (b) U = ay3 – by2
Section B - Work done by conservative, (c) U = U0 sin y
Non conservative force
Section D - Work Energy theorem,
18. A block of mass m is pulled on a rough horizontal
Conservation of Mechenical
surface which has a friction coefficient . A force F energy
isapplied which is capable of moving the body
23. A rigid body of mass 2 kg initially at rest moves
uniformly with speed v. Find the work done on the
under the action of an applied horizontal force 7 N
block in time t by
on a table with coefficient of kinetic friction = 0.1.
(a) weight of the block, Calculate the -
(b) Normal reaction by surface on the block, (a) work done by the applied force on the body in 10 s.
(c) friction, (d) F. (b) work done by friction on the body in 10 s.
(c) work done by the net force on the body in 10 s.
(d) change in kinetic energy of the body is 10 s.
19. The system shown in Figure, consists of a light,
inextensible cord, light, frictionless pulleys, and
24. A block of mass m placed on a smooth horizontal
blocks of equal mass, Notice that block B is attached
surface is attached to a spring and is held at rest by
to one of the pulleys. a force P as shown. Suddenly the force P changes
The system is initially held its direction opposite to the
at rest so that the blocks are at the previous one. How many
same height above the ground. times is the maximum l1
The blocks are then released, extension l2 of the spring P
Find the speed of block A at the longer compared to its
moment the vertical separation initial compression l2 ?
A B
of the blocks is h.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.69

25. A 10 kg block is pulled in the vertical plane along which the game could be played if contact must be
a frictionless surface in the form of an arc of a maintained to point C ? Neglect friction.
circle
of radius 10 m. The
applied force is 200 N as
shown in the figure. If the 60°
F
block started from rest at B
A, the
velocity at B would be : A
R
29. A chain of length  < is placed on a smooth
26. A force F = 50 N is applied at one end of a string, 2
the other end of which is tied to a block of mass 10 surface whose some part is horizontal and some part
kg. The block is free to move on a frictionless is quarter circular of radius r in the vertical plane as
horizontal surface. Take initial instant as  = 30° shown. Initially the whole part of chain lies in the
and final instant as  = 37°. For the time between circular part with one end at topmost point of circular
these two instants. surface. If the mass of chain is m, then work required
Find Net work to pull very slowly the whole chain on horizontal
F part is –
done by the force
F on the block and
2m
the ratio of initial R

acceleration to O R
final acceleration
of the block ?
30. A stone tied to a string of length L is whirled in a
27. In the figure the variation of components of vertical circle with the other end of the string at the
acceleration of a particle of mass 1 kg is shown centre. At a certain instant of time, the stone it at its
w.r.t. time. The initial velocity of the particle is lowest position, and has a speed u. The magnitude
 of the change in its velocity as it reaches a position
 
u  3iˆ  4ˆj m/s. The total work done by the where the string is horizontal is –
resultant force on the particle in time interval from
t = 0 to t = 4 seconds is: Section F - Power

31. Power applied to a particle varies with time as

P = (3t2 – 2t + 1) watt, where t is in second. Find the
change in its kinetic energy between time t = 2 s and
t = 4 s.

32. A labourer lifts 100 stones to a height of 6 metre in

Section E - Vertical circular Motion two minute. If mass of each stone be one kilogram,
calculate the average power. Given : g = 10 ms–2.
28. A person rolls a small ball with speed u along the floor
from point A. If x = 3R, determine the required speed
u so that the ball returns to A after rolling on the circular
surface in the vertical plane from B to C and becoming
a projectile at C. What is the minimum value of x for

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.70 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 3 | Level-II Subjective | JEE Advanced

CIRCULAR MOTION Section C - Dynamics of Circular Motion

(Centripetal force, Centrifugal
Section A - Kinematics of circular Motion force), Circular Motion in
horizontal plane
1. Two bodies A & B rotate about an axis, such that
angle A (in radians) covered by first body is pro-
portional to square of time, & B (in radians) cov- 6. A small is block can move in a straight horizontal
ered by second body varies linearly. At t = 0, A = line a along AB. Flash lights from one side projects
B = 0. If A completes its first revolution in  sec. its shadow on a vertical wall which has horizontal
& B needs 4 sec. to complete half revolution then; cross section as a circle. Find tangential & normal
angular velocity A : B at t = 5 sec. are in the ratio acceleration of shadow of the block on the wall as a
function of time if the velocity of the block is constant
2. The graphs below show angular velocity as a func- (v).
tion of time. In which one is the magnitude of the
angular acceleration constantly decreasing? B
R

Section B - Centripetal and tangential v=const

Acceleration, Relative Circular A
Motion Top View

3. Two particles A and B are situated at a distance d =

2m apart. Particle A has a velocity of u = 10m/s at 7. Two blocks of mass m1 = 10kg and m2 = 5kg
an angle of 60º and particle B has velocity v at an
connected to each other by a massless inextensible
angle 30º as shown in the figure. The distance d
between them is constant. The angular velocity of string of length 0.3 m are placed along a diameter
B with respect to A is – of a turn table. The coefficient of friction between
the table and m1 is 0.5 while there is no friction
4. A particle moves with deaceleration along the circle between m2 and the table. The table is rotating with
of radius R so that at any moment of time its an angular velocity of 10 rad/sec about a vertical
tangential and normal accelerations are equal in axis passing through its centre. The masses are
moduli. At the initial moment t = 0 the speed of the
placed along the diameter of the table on either side
particle equals v0, then :
of the centre O such that m1 is at a distance of 0.124
(i) the speed of the particle as a function of the
distance covered s will be m from O. The masses are observed to be at rest
(ii) the total acceleration of the particle as function with respect to an observer on the turn table.
of velocity and distance covered (i) Calculate the frictional force on m1
(ii) What should be the minimum angular speed of
 20  the turn table so that the masses will slip from this
5. A particle moves along a circle of radius   m position
 
with constant tangential acceleration. If the velocity (iii) How should the masses be placed with the string
of the particle is 80 m/s at the end of the second remaining taut, so that there is no frictional force
revolution after motion has begun, the tangential acting on the mass m1.
acceleration is :

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.71

Section D - Circular Turning on Roads, Well 11. A ring of mass m can slide over a smooth vertical
of death and cycle on curved rod. The ring is connected to a spring of force
path
4mg
constant K  where 2R is the natural length
8. A particle which moves along the curved path shown R
passes point O with a speed of 12 m/s and slows of the spring. The other end of the spring is fixed to
down to 5m/s at point A in a distance of 18 m the ground at a horizontal distance 2R from the base
measured along the curve from O. The deceleration of the rod. The mass is released at a height of 1.5 R
measured along the curve it proportional to distance from ground
from O. If the total acceleration of the particle is 10 (a) calculate the
m/s2 on it passes A. Find the radius of curvature of work done by the
A. spring 3R/2
(b) calculate the
A velocity of the A
O ring as it reaches 2R
the ground.

Section C - Energy (Kinetic Energy,

Potential energy)
WORK, POWER, ENGERGY
12. A body of mass m is hauled up the hill with constant
speed v by a force such that the force at each point
Section A - Work done by constant force, is directed along the tangent to the path. The length
Work done by variable force, of base of hill is L and its height is h. The coefficient
Area under Graph
of friction between the body and
9. The graph between the resistive force F acting on a path is µ. Then work
body and the distance covered by the body is shown done by friction is
when body moves h
in the figure. The mass of the body is 25 kg and
from bottom F
initial velocity is 2 m/s. When the distance covered m
by the body is 4m, its kinetic energy would be to top.
L

Section D - Work Energy theorem,

F(newton)

20 Conservation of Mechenical
energy
10
13. Two identical beads of mass 1 kg each are connected
by an inextensible massless string & they can slide
0 1 2 3 4 x(m) along the two arms AB and BC of a rigid smooth
wire frame in vertical plane. If the system is
released from
rest, find the
Section B - Work done by conservative,
speeds of the par- 0.4m
Non conservative force A B
ticles when they
have moved by a 0.3m
10. A force F = (2 + x) acts on a particle in x-direction dis tance of 0.1 m.
where F is in newton and x in metre. Find the work Also find C
done by this force during a displacement from x = 0 tension in the string.
m to x = 2.0 m.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.72 Theory and Exercise Book

14. The ends of spring are attached to blocks of mass 3 17. A small block of mass m is projected horizontally
kg and 3 kg. The 3 kg block rests on a horizontal from the top the smooth hemisphere of radius r with
surface and the 2 kg block which is vertically above speed u as shown. For values of u  u0, it does not
it is in equilibrium producing a compression of 1cm slide on the hemisphere (i.e. leaves the surface at
of the spring. The 2kg mass must be compressed the top itself)
further by at least ________, so that when it is re-
leased, the 3 kg block may be lifted off the ground. u
r
2kg
o

(a) For u = 2u0 it lands at point P on ground Find

OP.
(b) For u = u0/3, Find the height from the ground at
3 kg which it leaves the hemisphere.
(c) Find its net acceleration at the instant it leaves
15. In the figure a block slides along a track from one the hemisphere.
level to a higher level, by moving through an
intermediate valley. The track is frictionless until Section F - Power
the block reaches the higher level. There a frictional
force stops the block in a distance d. The block's
18. A horse drinks water from a cubical container of
inital speed v0 is 6 m/s, the height difference h is
side 1 m. The level of the stomach of horse is at 2 m
1.1m and the coefficient of kinetic friction  is 0.6.
from the ground. Assume that all the water drunk
The value of d is :
by the horse is at a level of 2 m from the ground.
The minimum work done in KJ by the horse in drink-
ing the entire water of the container is
h (Take water=1000 kg/m3 and g=10 m/s2):
v0
Where work done is n×3. Find n.

Section E - Vertical circular Motion

16. A ball of mass 1 kg is released from position A inside

a wedge with a hemispherical cut of radius 0.5 m as
shown in the figure. Find the force exerted by the
vertical wall OM on wedge, when the ball is in
position B. (neglect friction everywhere) Take
(g = 10m/s2)

M
A C

60°

O N

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.73

Exercise - 4 | Level-I Previous Year | JEE Main

CIRCULAR MOTION 4. Two cars of masses m1 and m2 are moving in circles

1. An angular ring with inner and outer radii R1 and of radii r1 and r2, respectively. Their speeds are such
R2 is rolling without slipping with a uniform angular that they make complete circles in the same time t.
speed. The ratio of the forces experienced by the The ratio of their centripetal acceleration is-
two particles situated on the inner and outer parts [AIEEE 2012]
(A) m1r1 : m2r2 (B) m1 : m2
F1
of the ring, F is [AIEEE 2005] (C) r1 : r2 (D) 1 :1
2

2 WORK, POWER, ENGERGY

R2  R1 
(A) R (B)   5. The block of mass M moving on the frictionless
1  R2  horizontal surface collides with the spring of spring
constant k and compresses it by length L. The
R1
(C) 1 (D) R maximum momentum of the block after collision
2 is- [AIEEE 2005]
(A) Mk L
2. A point P moves in counter-clockwise direction on
a circular path as shown in the figure. The movement kL2
(B)
of P is such that it sweeps out a length s = t3 + 5, 2M M
where s is in metre and t is in second. The radius of (C) zero
the path is 20 m. The acceleration of P when t = 2s ML2
(D)
is nearly y [AIEEE 2010] k
B
(A) 13 ms–2 P (x, y)

(B) 12 ms–2 6. A spherical ball of mass 20 kg is stationary at the top

m
20

(C) 7.2 ms–2 of a hill of height 100 m. It rools down a smooth

(D) 14 ms–2 x surface to the ground, then climbs up another hill of
O A
height 30 m and finally rolls down to a horizontal
3. For a particle in uniform circular motion the base at a height of 20 m above the ground. The

acceleration a at a point P(R,  ) on the circle of
velocity attained by the ball is [AIEEE 2005]
(A) 40 m/s (B) 20 m/s
radius R is (here  is measured from the x-axis)
(C) 10 m/s (D) 10 30 m/s
[AIEEE 2010]

v2 v2
(A)  cos  ˆi  sin  ˆj 7. A body of mass m is accelerated uniformly from
R R
rest to a speed V in a time T. The instantaneous
power delivered to the body as function of time, is
v2 v2
(B)  cos  ˆi  sin  ˆj given by [AIEEE 2005]
R R
mv 2 mv 2 2
v2 v2 (A) t (B) t
(C)  cos  ˆi  sin  ˆj T2 T2
R R
1 mv 2 1 mv 2 2
v2 ˆ v2 ˆ (C) t (D) t
(D) i j 2 T2 2 T2
R R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.74 Theory and Exercise Book

8. A bullet fired into a fixed target loses half of its 13. An athlete in the olympic games covers a distance
velocity after penetrating 3 cm. How much further it of 100 m in 10 s. His kinetic energy can be estimated
will penetrate before coming to rest, assuming that it to be in the range [AIEEE 2008]
faces constant resistance to motion ?[AIEEE 2005] (A) 200J–500J (B) 2×105J–3×105 J
(A) 3.0 cm (B) 2.0 cm
(C) 20000J–50000J (D) 2000J – 5000J
(C) 1.5 cm (D) 1.0 cm

9. A mass of M kg is suspended by a weightless string. 14. The potential energy function for the force between
The horizontal force that is required to displace it two atoms in a diatomic molecule is approximately
until the string makes an angle of 45° with the initial a b
given by U(x)   , where where a and b
vertical direction is - [AIEEE 2006] x12 x 
(A) Mg( 2  1) (B) Mg 2 are constants and x is the distance between the
atoms. If the dissociation energy of the molecule is
Mg D = [U(x = ) – Uat equilibrium], D is [AIEEE-2010]
(C) (D) Mg( 2  1)
2
b2 b2
(A) (B)
2a 12a
10. A ball of mass 0.2 kg is thrown vertically upwards
by applying a force by hand. If the hand moves 0.2
b2 b2
m while applying the force and the ball goes upto 2 (C) (D)
4a 6a
m height further, find the magnitude of the force.
Consider g = 10 m/s2. [AIEEE 2006]
(A) 4 N (B) 16 N 15. At time t = 0 s particle starts moving along the x-
(C) 20 N (D) 22 N axis. If its kinetic energy increase uniformly with
time t, the net force acting on it must be proportional
11. The potential energy of a 1 kg particle free to move to [AIEEE 2011]
along the x-axis is given by [AIEEE 2006]
(A) t (B) constant
 x4 x2 
V(x)     J 1
 4 2 
(C) t (D)
t
The total mechanical energy of the particle is 2 J.
Then, the maximum speed (in ms–1) is
16. A particle is projected at 60º to the horizontal with
3
(A) (B) 2 a kinetic energy K. The kinetic energy at the highest
2
point is [AIEEE-2007]
1 (A) K (B) zero
(C) (D) 2
2 (C) K/4 (D) K/2

12. A 2 kg block slides on a horizontal floor with a speed 17. This question has Statement 1 and Statement 2. Of
of 4 m/s. It strikes a uncompressed spring, and the four choices given after the Statements, choose
compresses it till the block is motionless. The kinetic the one that best describes the two statements.
friction force is 15 N and spring constant is 10000 If two springs S1 and S2 of force constants k1 and
N/m. The spring compresses by [AIEEE 2007] k2, respectively, are stretched by the same force, it
(A) 5.5 cm (B) 2.5 cm is found that more work is done on spring S1 than
(C) 11.0 cm (D) 8.5 cm on spring S2. [AIEEE-2012]

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.75

Statement 1: If stretched by the same amount, work

done on S1, will be more than that on S2. P

Statement 2: k1 < k2
(A) Statement 1 is true, statement 2 is true, h = 2m
statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
(B) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true, State- 30° R
Horizontal Q
ment 2 is not the correct explanation of statement 1.
Surface
(C) Statement 1 is false, Statement 2 is true.
(D) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is false. The values of the coefficient of friction  and the
distance x(=QR), are, respectively close to :
18. When a rubber-band is stretched by a distance x, it [AIEEE-2016]
exerts a restoring force of magnitude F = ax + bx2
(A) 0.2 and 3.5 m (B) 0.29 and 3.5 m
where a and b are constants. The work done in
(C) 0.29 and 6.5 m (D) 0.2 and 6.5 m
stretching the unstretched rubber-band by L is :
[JEE Main 2014]
21. A time dependent force F = 6t acts on a particle of
aL2 bL3
2
1  aL bL  3 mass 1 kg. If the particle starts from rest, the work
(A)  (B) 2  2  3  done by the force during the first 1 sec, will be -
2 3  
(A) 18 J (B) 4.5 J [AIEEE-2017]
1 (C) 22 J (D) 9 J
(C) aL2 + bL3 (D) (aL2 + bL3)
2
22. A body of mass m=10-2 kg is moving in a medium
and experiences a frictional force F = –kv2. Its
19. A person trying to lose weight by burning fat lifts a initial speed is v0 = 10 ms-1, If, after 10 s, its energy
mass of 10 kg upto a height of 1 m 1000 times. 1
is mv20 , the value of k will be: [AIEEE-2017]
Assume that the potential energy lost each time he 8
lowers the mass is dissipated. How much fat will he (A) 10-1 kg m-1 s-1 (B) 10-3 kg m-1
use up considering the work done only when the (C) 10-3 kg s-1 (D) 10-4 kg m-1
weight is lifted up? Fat supplies 3.8 x 107 J of energy
23. A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a
per kg which is converted to mechanical energy with circular orbit of radius R in a central force inversely
a 20% efficiency rate. Take g=9.8 ms–2 : proportional to the nth power of R. If the period of
[AIEEE-2016] rotation of the particles is T, then : [AIEEE-2018]
(A) 6.45 × 10–3 kg (B) 9.89 × 10–3 kg (A) T  Rn/2
(B) T  R3/2 for any n
(C) 12.89 × 10–3 kg (D) 2.45 × 10–3 kg
(C) T  Rn/2+1
(D) T  R(n+1)/2
20. A point particle of mass m, moves along the
24. A particle is moving in a circular path of radius a
uniformly rough track PQR as shown in the figure.
under the action of an attractive potential U = –
The coefficient of friction, between the particle and
k
the rough track equals  The particle is released, . Its total energy is : [AIEEE-2018]
2r 2
from rest, from the point P and it comes to rest at a
point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over the parts, 3 k k
(A) – (B) –
2 a2 4a2
PQ and QR, of the track, are equal to each other,
and no energy is lost when particle changes direction k
(C) (D) zero
from PQ to QR. 2a2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.76 Theory and Exercise Book

Exercise - 4 | Level-II Previous Year | JEE Advanced

1. Statement I A block of mass m starts moving on a 3. A bob of mass M is suspended by a massless string
rough horizontal surface with a velocity v. It stops of length L. The horizontal velocity V at position A
due to friction between the block and the surface is just sufficient to make it reach the point B. The
after moving through a certain distance. The surface angle at which the speed of the bob is half of that
is now tilted to an angle of 30° with the horizontal at A, satisfies [JEE 2008]
and the same block is made to go up on the surface

with the same initial velocity v. The decrease in the (A)  
4
mechanical energy in the second situation is smaller
than that is the first situation.
 
Statement II The coefficient of friction between the (B)  
4 2
block and the surface decreases with the
increase in the angle of inclination. [JEE 2007]  3 3
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; (C)  (D)   
2 4 4
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; 4. Column-I give a list of possible set of parameters
Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for measured in some experiments. The variations of
Statement - 1 the parameters in the form of graphs are shown in
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False Column-II. Match the set of parameters given in
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True Column-I with the graph given in Column-II.
Indicate your answer by darkening the appropriate
2. A block (B) is attached to two unstretched spring S1 bubbles of the 4 × 4 matrix given in the ORS.
and S2 with spring constants k and 4k, respectively. [JEE-2008]
The other ends are attached to two supports M1 and
M2 not attached to the walls. The springs and supports C olumn - I Column - II
have negligible mass. There is no friction anywhere. (A) P otential energy of a simple (P) y
2 1 pendulum (y axis) as a
M2 M1
function of displacement x
S2 S1 o
B (x-axis)
2
M2 x M1
1 (B) Displacement (y axis) as a (Q) y
S2 S1 function of time (x axis) for
B a one dimensional moti on at
o x
zero or constant acceleration
x
when the body is moving
The block B is displaced towards wall 1 by a small
along the positive x-direction
distance x and released. The block returns and moves
a maximum distance y towards wall 2.
(C) R ange of a projectile (y axis) (R) y
as a function of its velocity
Displacements x and y are measured with respect
(x axis) when projected at a x
to the equilibrium position of the block B. The ratio o
fixed angle
y (D) The square of the time (S) y
is [2008, 3M]
x period (y axis) of a simple
(A) 4 (B) 2 pendulum as a function of its x
o
(C) 1/2 (D) 1/4 length (x axis)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.77

5. A light inextensible string that goes over a smooth 9. Two identical discs of same radius R are rotating
fixed pulley as shown in the figure connects two about their axes in opposite directions with the same
blocks of masses 0.36 kg and 0.72 kg. constant angular speed . The discs are in the same
horizontal plane At time t = 0, the points P and Q
Taking g = 10 m/s2, find the work done are facing each other as shown in the figure. The
(in joules) by the string on the block relative speed between the two points P and Q is
of mass 0.36 kg during the first sec- r.In one time period (T) of rotation of the discs, r
ond after the sysem is released from as a function of time is best represented by
rest. [JEE 2009] [JEE-2012]

P Q
6. A block of mass 2 kg is free to move along the x- R R
axis. It is at rest and from t = 0 onwards it is sub-
jected to a time-dependent force F(t) in the x-direc-
tion. The force F(t) varies with
t as shown in the figure. The (A) (B)
kinetic energy of the block t t
0 T 0 T
after 4.5 s is [JEE 2010]
(A) 4.50 J (B) 7.50 J
(C) 5.06 J (D) 14.06 J

(C) (D)
7. A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a t 0 t
0 T T
string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated
on a horizontal circular path about 10. The work done on a particle of mass m by a force,
vertical axis. The maximum tension
that the string can bear is 324 N.  x ˆi  y ˆj
K
2 3/ 2 2 3/ 2  (K being a
the maximum possible value of
  x 2
 y   x 2
 y  
angular velocity of ball (in radian/s)
is - [JEE-2011] constant of appropriate dimensions), when the
(A) 9 (B) 18 particle is taken from a point (a,0) to the point (0,a)
(C) 27 (D) 36 along a circular path of radius a about the origin in
the x–y plane is [JEE Advance 2013]
8. A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of
force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction be- 2K K
tween the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the (A) (B)
a a
block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An
impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. K
The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to (C) (D) 0
2a
rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block
in m/s is V = N/10. Then N is [JEE-2011]
11. A particle of mass 0.2 kg is moving in one dimension
under a force that delivers a constant power 0.5 W
to the particle. If the initial speed (in ms–1) of the
particle is zero, the speed (in ms–1) after 5 s is
[JEE Advance 2013]

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.78 Theory and Exercise Book

Passage (Question No. 12 to 13) (A) always radially outwards.

A small block of mass 1 kg is released from rest at (B) always radially inwards.
the top of a rough track. The track is a circular arc (C) radially outwards initially
of radius 40 m. The block slides along the track
and radially inwards later.
without topling and a frictional force acts on it in
the direction opposite to the instantaneous velocity. (D) radially inwards intially and radially outwards
The work done is overcoming the friction up to the later. [JEE ADVANCED 2014]
point Q, as shown in the figure, is 150 J. (Take the
acceleration due to gravity, g = 10 ms–2) 16. Consider an elliptically shaped rail PQ in the
[JEE Advance 2013] vertical plane with OP = 3 m and OQ = 4 m. A
y block of mass 1 kg is pulled along the rail from P to
Q with a
1 kg R
P force of 18 N, which is always
300
parallel to line PQ (see the fig-
R ure given). Assuming no fric-
tional losses, the kinetic energy
x of the block when it reaches Q
O
is (n × 10) Joules. The value
12. The speed of the block when it reaches the point Q is
of n in (take acceleration due
(A) 5 ms–1 (B) 10 ms–1
to gravity=10ms-2) [JEE ADVANCED 2014]
1 –1
(C) 10 3 ms (D) 20 ms

17. A person in a lift is holding a water jar, which has a

13. The magnitude of the normal reaction that acts on small hole at the lower end of its side. When the lift
the block at the point Q is is at rest, the water jet coming out of the hole hits
(A) 7.5 N (B) 8.6 N the floor of the lift at a distance d of 1.2 m from the
(C) 11.5 N (D) 22.5 N person. In the following, state of the lift’s motion is
given in list I and the distance where the water jet
hits the floor of the lift is given in List II. Match the
14. A bob of mass m, suspended by a string of length l1,
statements from List I with those is List II and se-
is given a vertical palne, At the highest point, it
lect the correct answer using the code given belsow
collides elastically with another bob of mass m
the lists. [JEE-2014]
suspended by a string of length l2, which is initially
at rest. Both the strings are massless and List I List II
inextensible. If the second bob, after collision P. Lift is acceleration vertically up. 1. d = 1.2 m
acquires the minimum speed required to complete a Q. Lift is accelerating vertically 2. d> 1.2 m
full circle in the vertical plane, the ratio l1/l2 is
with an acceleration less than
[JEE Advance 2013]
the gravitational acceleration.
R. Lift is moving vertically up with 3. d < 1.2 m
15. A wire, which passes through the hole in a small
bead, is bent in the form of quarter of a circle. The constant speed.
wire is fixed vertically on ground as shown in the S. Lift is falling freely. 4. No water leaks
figure. The bead is released from near the top of the out of the jar
wire and it slides along the wire without friction. As Code : (A) P-2, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
the bead moves from A to B, the force it applies on
(C) P-1, Q-1, R-1, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-1
the wire is

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.79

18. A particle of unit mass is moving along the x-axis PARAGRAPH (QUESTION NO. 19 TO 20)
under the influence of a force and its total energy is A frame of reference that is accelerated with respect
conserved. Four possible forms of the potential en- to an inertial frame of reference is called a non-
ergy of the particle are given in column I (a and Uo inertial frame of reference. A coordinate system fixed
are constants). Match the potential energies in on a circular disc rotating about a fixed axis with a
column I to the corresponding statement(s) in constant angular velocity  is an example of a non-
column II. [JEE-2015] inertial fram of reference. The relationship between
Column I Column II 
the force Frot experienced by a particle of mass m
2 2
U  x  
(A) U1 (x)  0 1     (P) The force acting moving on the rotating disc and the force Fin
2   a  
experienced by the particle in an inertial frame of
on the particle is zero reference is [JEE-2016]
at x=a.       
F rot  Fin  2m  v rot     m   r  
U0  x 
2    
(B) U 2 (x)    (Q) The force acting
2 a 
where v rot is the velocity of the particle in the
on the particle is zero

rotating frame of reference and r is the position
at x=0.
vector of the particle with respect to the centre of
2
U0  x    x 2  the disc.
(C) U3(x)    exp    (R) The force
2 a   a   Now consider a smooth slot along a diameter of a
disc of radius R rotating counter-clockwise with a
acting on the particle constant angular speed  about its vertical axis
is zero at x=–a. through its center. We assign a coordinate system
with the origin at the center of the disc, the x-axis
U0  x 1  x 3  along the slot, the y-axis perpendicular to the slot
(D) U 4 (x)       (S) The particle
2  a 3  a  
 
and the z-axis along the rotation axis    k̂  . A
experiences an  
attractive force small block of mass m is gently placed in the slot at
towards x=0 in the  ^
r = (R/2) i at t = 0 and is contained to move only
region x  a . along the slot.

(T) The particle

U0
with total energy
4 R

can oscillate about the 

m
point x=–a.
R/2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.80 Theory and Exercise Book

19. The distance r of the block at time t is   

22. Two vectors A and B are defined as A  ai and
R t R   
(A)
4
(e  e – t ) (B)
4
cos t  
B  a cos ti  sin tJ , where a is a constant and
   
 = /6 rad s–1. If A  B  3 A – B at time t = 
R 2 t R
(C) (e  e –2 t ) (D) cos 2t
4 2 for the first time, the value of , in seconds, is
__________. [JEE-2018]

20. The net reaction of the disc on the block is 23. A particle of mass m is initially at rest at the origin.
It is subjected to a force and starts moving along
1
(A) m2 R(e2 t – e –2 t ) ˆj  mgkˆ the x-axis. Its kinetic energy K changes with time
2 as dK/dt = t, where  is a positive constant of
appropriate dimensions. Which of the following
1
(B) m2 R(et – e – t ) ˆj  mgkˆ statements is (are) true ? [JEE ADVANCED - 2018]
2 (A) The force applied on the particle is constant
(B) The speed of the particle is proportional to time
(C) –m2 R cos tjˆ – mgkˆ
(C) The distance of the particle from the origin
increases linerarly with time
(D) m2 R sin tjˆ – mgkˆ
(D) The force is conservative

21. The potential energy of a particle of mass m at a 24. A ball is projected from the ground at an angle of
distance r from a fixed point O is given by V(r)=kr2/2, 45° with the horizontal surface. It reaches a
where k is a positive constant of appropriate maximum height of 120 m and returns to the ground.
dimensions. This particle is moving in a circular Upon hitting the ground for the first time, it loses
orbit of radius R about the point O. If  is the speed half of its kinetic energy. Immediately after the
of the particle and L is the magnitude of its angular bounce, the velocity of the ball makes an angle of
momentum about O, which of the following 30° with the horizontal surface. The maximum
statements is (are) true? [JEE-2018] height it reaches after the bounce, in metres,
is................. [JEE ADVANCED 2018]
k k
(A)   R (B)   R
2m m

mk 2
(C) L = mkR 2 (D) L  R
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
 CIRCULAR MOTION & WPE 3.81

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. C 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. C 7. B
8. B 9. A 10. A 11. D 12. D 13. B 14. B
15. C 16. D 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. A 21. B
22. A 23. B 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. A
29. C 30. C 31. C 32. C 33. C 34. C 35. C
36. C 37. D 38. A 39. A 40. B 41. C 42. C
43. C 44. C 45. B 46. A 47. B 48. C 49. C
50. B 51. C 52. D 53. A 54. B 55. D 56. B
57. B 58. B 59. D 60. D 61. A 62. A 63. A
64. B 65. C 66. B 67. B 68. B 69. D 70. C
71. D 72. A 73. A 74. B 75. B 76. D 77. C
78. B 79. B 80. B 81. C 82. C 83. A 84. B
85. D 86. A 87. C 88. C 89. B 90. D

Exercise - 2 (Leve-I) Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. D
8. A 9. C 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. C 14. B
15. A 16. D 17. A 18. D 19. D 20. B 21. C
22. D 23. D 24. D 25. C 26. A 27. A 28. A
29. C 30. B 31. C 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. B
36. D 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. D 41. A 42. C
43. C 44. D 45. D 46. C 47. D 48. A 49. C
50. C 51. B 52. A 53. A 54. A 55. D 56. B
57. C 58. A 59. C 60. B 61. C 62. A

Exercise - 2 (Level-II) Multiple Correct | JEE Advanced

1. A,C 2. A,C,D 3. B,D 4. A,B 5. B,D
6. A,C,D 7. A,B,C 8. B,C,D 9. B,D 10. B,D
11. A,C,D 12. A,B,C 13. A,B,C,D 14. A,B 15. A,B,C
16. C,D 17. A,B 18. A,B 19. A,B,C 20. A,B,D
21. A,B,C,D 22. A,C,D 23. A,B,C 24. B,C,D 25. A,B,D
26. A,B,C 27. B,C 28. A,B,C,D

Exercise - 3 | Level-I Subjective | JEE Advanced

1. 9 2. (a) 4.0 cm/s2 (b) 2.0 cm/s2 (c) 20 cm/s

2

0
3. (a) t = 2s, (b) 3.14 m/s 4.  (1 - e-k t)
k

5R 11π 17v 289v 2 v2

5. (i) sec, (ii) (iii) (iv) 2 6. 2 2 7. 2
6v 6 5R 25R R

30 35
8. 2 sec 9. 2 g rad/s 10. (a) per min., (b) 150 N 11. cos 
 2

2 2g
12. 10–2 m 13. (i) 5 m/s2 (ii) km 14. 5 15. 2 =
3 3 a 3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
3.82 Theory and Exercise Book

16. 20 Ergs 17. 3J 18. (a) Zero, (b) Zero, (c) – mgvt (d)  mgvt

8gh 2m12 g2
19. 20. –6 J 21.
15 k

dU dU dU
22. (a) F=–  (b) F = – y2 + 2by (c) F = –
=–3ay = – U0 cos y
dy dy dy
23. (a) 875 Joule (b) –250 joule (c) 625 joule.
(d) Change in kinetic energy of the body is equal to the work done by the net force in 10 second.
This is in accordance with work-energy theorem

100 5 3
24. 3 25. 17.32 m/s 26. J, 27. 10 J
3 8

5 m 2      
28. gR , xmin  2R 29. gR    sin   30. 2( u 2  gL ) 31. 46 J
2   R   R 
32. 50 W

Exercise - 3 | Level-II Subjective | JEE Advanced

t v2
1. 80 : 1 2. 3. 3 4. (i) v = v0e–s/R (ii) a = 2
R

vR R( vt  R) v1/ 2 2
5. 40 m/s2 6. aN  2
,at  7. (i)36, (ii) 25 (iii)2
( 2Rt  vt ) (2Rt  vt 2 ) 3 / 2 3

8. 3 9. 10 J 10. 6 11. mgR / 2, 2 gR 12. µmgL

4 2 3 2 7 15 3
13. , 3a1 = 4a2 + 20, T = 12 N 14. 2.5 cm15. m 16. N
5 5 6 2

19 r
17. (a) 2 2 r (b) h  , (c) g 18. 15 KJ
27

Exercise - 4 | Level-I Previous Year | JEE Main

1. D 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. A
8. D 9. D 10. D 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. C
15. D 16. C 17. 3 18. A 19. C 20. B 21. B
22. D 23. D 24. D

Exercise - 4 | Level-II Previous Year | JEE Advanced

1. C 2. C 3. D 4. A s B  s,q C s Dq
5. 8 6. C 7. D 8. 4 9. A 10. D 11. 5
12. B 13. A 14. 5 15. D 16. 5 17. C
18. A(P),(Q),(R),(T) ; B(Q),(S) ; C(P),(Q),(R),(S) ; D(P),(R),(T)
19. A 20. B 21. BC 22. 2 23. ABD 24. 30.00

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43